You are on page 1of 243

BHILAI STEEL PLANT

BHILAI

UP-GRADATION OF BF#7 STOCK HOUSE


DEDUSTING SYSTEM, BSP.

TENDER SPECIFICATION

STEEL AUTHORITY OF INDIA LIMITED


CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
RANCHI

May 2022 CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4


CONTENTS - CHAPTERS

Chapter No. Description Page No.

1 Introduction 1.1-1.7

2 Scope of Work 2.1-2.25

3 Technical Specification 3.1-3.117

4 Performance Guarantee Test 4.1-4.3

Annexure

Drawings

Package Leader (PL) Task Force Leader (TFL) HOD of (PL)


C VENKATESHWAR, GM C VENKATESHWAR, GM ANURAG UPADHYAY,
CGM, I/c

BSP CONTENTS CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4


Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3 OF 3
System, BSP
CONTENTS -ANNEXURE

S Annexure No. Description


NO:
1 1.12-1 Declaration of site visit
2 1.12-2 List of recommended spares for two years
normal operation
3 1.12-3 Lists of consumables
4 1.12-4 List of Initial fill.
5 1.12.5 List of special tools and tackles
6 1.12-6 List of exclusions
7 1.12-7 List of deviations
8 2.1.3-1 CET List of Acceptable Makes
9 2.3.2-1 Implementation Schedule
10 3.1.3-1 List of collection points (approx.) along with the
approximate fume volume and the pipe coming
out of the stock house

BSP CONTENTS CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4


Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House PAGE 2 OF 3
Dedusting System, BSP
CONTENTS -DRAWINGS

Sl.
Drawing No. Description
No.
CET BH 4678 UT0 00 Material Flow Diagram of BF 7 stock house
1.
001 R=0
CET BH 4678 UT0 00 Layout proposed BF#7 Stock House Dedusting
2.
002 R=0 System
CET BH 4678 UT0 00 Flow Diagram of the proposed system
3.
003 R=0
CET BH 4678 CA1 00 Automation system configuration diagram for
4.
001 R=0 proposed BF#7 Stock House Dedusting System

BSP CONTENTS CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4


Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3 OF 3
System, BSP
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Bhilai Steel Plant (BSP) has 8 Blast Furnaces (BFs). BF Nos. 1, 2 & 3 are of
1033 m3 useful volume each, BF Nos. 4, 5 & 6 are of 1719 m3 useful

volume each & BF No. 7 has 2355 m3 useful volume. Newly


commissioned BF No. 8 is of 4060 m3 useful volume.

1.2 Blast Furnace # 7 of Bhilai Steel Plant (BSP) was commissioned in August
1987. This furnace is provided with the twin cast house and twin skip

charging facilities.

1.3 The furnace was blown-in in February 2007 after capital repair, wherein
it was upgraded with incorporation of latest design available globally for

the furnace proper, so that the furnace operates at production level of


4430tpd, top pressure at 1.8 kg/cm2 and wind rate of 3570Nm3/min at

a pressure of 3.0 kg/cm2 at tuyere inlet.


1.4 BSP has moved a note for in-principle approval for carrying out CAT-1

Capital Repair of BF-7 in the FY 2020-21. Since the stock house


Dedusting unit of BF 7 has become quite old resulting in the

deterioration of its performance, it is planned to replace the same with


new unit during the same period.

1.5 The existing dedusting system of BF7 stock house comprises multi-
cyclones along with gravity separators. This system has become quite

old resulting in the deterioration of its performance. BSP intends to up-


grade/replace the existing Stock House dedusting System to meet the

environmental standards as per MOEFCC draft notification, G.S.R 894(E),


Dated 4th Decdember-2019 & CECB directives. This is also required to

meet the standards as per existing MOEFCC notification, G.S.R 277(E),


Dated 31st March-2012.

1.6 EXISTING FACILITIES

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 1.1
System, BSP
1.6.1 Stock House of BF 7 comprises mainly JH44, RSCs, Bunkers (20 nos) ,
Feeders (20 nos.) , screens, JH 45 & JH 62. The various conveyors

involved in the transfer of material are as hereunder.

Sl. No. Belt Material being Belt Capacity


carried Width m3/hr.
(mm)
1 J41C1 Ore, Quartzite, 1000 300
Limestone,
manganese ore
2 J42C1 ..Do.. 1000 300
3 J-44C5 ..Do.. 1000 300
4 J-44C1 Coke 1400 500
5 J-44C2 Coke, Ore, Limestone, 1400 500
Mn Ore, Quartzite
6 J-44C3 Sinter, Ore, Mn Ore, 1400 500
Quartzite
7 J-44C4 Sinter 1400 500
8 J-44RSC1 Coke 1400 500
9 J-44RSC2 Coke, Ore, Limestone, 1400 500
Mn Ore, Quartzite
10 J-44RSC3 Sinter, Ore, Mn Ore, 1400 500
Quartzite
11 J-44RSC4 Sinter 1400 500
12 J-44SC1 Ore, Quartzite, 1200 500
Limestone,
manganese ore
13 J-44SC2 ..Do.. 1200 500
14 J-45C1 Coke Fines 650 125
15 J-45C2 Sinter Fines 650 100
16 J-45C3 Sinter Fines 650 100
17 J-45C4 Coke Fines 650 125
18 J-62C1 Coke Fines 800 100
19 J-62C2 Coke Fines / Sinter 800 100
Fines
20 J-62C3 Sinter Fines 800 100

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 1.2
System, BSP
1.6.2 The general flow of material inside the stockhouse is as per the drg. No.
CET BH 4678 UT0 001 R0.

1.6.3 Belt no. 41C1 from JH 41 is feeding iron ore from ore yard to Belt no.
42C1 which in turn is feeding the belt no. 44 C5 in JH 44. Similarly, Belts

no. FC7, RSC1, RSC2 & RSC3 of JH 27 are feeding coke, Iron ore and
sinter to different belts in JH44. JH 44 has 5 nos. of belts viz. 44C1, 44C2,

44C3, 44C4 & 44C5. Belt no. 44C5 is feeding 44C2/44C3. Belts FC7 from
JH27 is feeding Belt 44C4. Belts RSC1 from JH27 is feeding Belt 44C1.

Belts RSC2 from JH27 is feeding Belt 44C2. Belts RSC3 from JH27 is
feeding Belt 44C3. Belt 44C2 / 44C3 is feeding to RSC2/RSC3. Belt

44C1/44C4 is feeding to RSC 1/RSC4. RSC 1 to 4 are feeding to bunkers


(total 20 nos. - 4 nos. coke + 4 nos. Sinter + 8 nos. ore + 4 nos.

Additives). From bunkers, material goes to feeders (20 nos.). From


feeders it goes to screens (20 nos.). From screens, proper sized material

goes to skip and fines goes to fine belts. There are 4 fine return
conveyors 45C2, 45C2, 45C3 & 45 C4 in JH 45 which are feeding the

material to JH62. JH 62 has 3 conveyors 62C1, 62C2, 62C3 which are


feeding the fines to fine bunkers (4Nos.).

1.6.4 There are approximately 100 dust collection points at various levels in
the stock house ranging from -7.8m to + 25. 5 m. Finally, approximate

40 nos. of ducts of sizes ranging from DN250 to DN 800 are coming out
of the stock house and are getting connected to the gravity separators.

The gravity separator is connected to multi cyclones via the duct size 3.5

meter. The list of collection points (approx.) along with the volume
(approx.) and the pipe coming out of the stock house is enclosed at

Annexure – 1.6.4-1.
1.6.5 The typical sieve analysis of the stock house dust is as follows :

+1m +150micron +75micron -75 micron

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 1.3
System, BSP
m
Nil 24.2% 40.1% 35.7%
1.6.6 The typical chemical analysis of the stock house dust is as follows :

Total Fe-43.29
SiO2 – 12.10
Al2O3 – 3.04
LOI – 2.35
P2O5 – 0.09
1.6.7 Presently, the Central Exhaust Fan Station with system capacity of
7,00,000 cum/h and TP 550 mmWC commissioned in 1987, is catering

to the dust extraction facilities for BF#7 Stock House. The major
equipment of the present dedusting system are :-

 Gravity Separators (16 nos.)


 Multi cyclones (10 nos.)

 ID Fan (2 nos. ; 1W + 1SB)


 Chimney (1 no., 40 m high)

 Ducts
1.6.8 The system was designed for stack emission of 150 mg/Nm3 and also to

maintain a healthy work zone of the stock house. But the performance
of these systems has become very poor. Dust disposal system has
become dysfunctional since the radial settling tanks, clarifiers are not
operational for a long time. Moreover, SGP 4 & 5 gallery support

structure has been constructed in the middle of the radial settling tank
further hampering it performance.

1.6.9 All this has resulted in increased work zone dust concentration level in

the stock house.


1.7 OVERVIEW OF THE PROJECT

1.7.1 BSP intends to Up-grade/replace the existing Stock House dedusting


System (wet cyclone type) with ESP based dedusting system to meet the

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 1.4
System, BSP
environmental standards as per MOEFCC draft notification, G.S.R 894(E),
Dated 4th December-2019 & CECB directives.

1.7.2 This is also required to meet the standards as per existing MOEFCC
notification, G.S.R 277(E), Dated 31st March-2012.

1.7.3 The new system will restrict work zone dust level (RSPM) (PM10) within
2000µg/Nm3 at a distance of 10 meters from the source. The collected

dust from the ESP hoppers is envisaged to be re-cycled in the sinter


plant.

1.8 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY


1.8.1 The complete job of “Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting

system, BSP.” is envisaged to be executed through single package:

i. Up-gradation of BF#7 stock house dedusting system


1.8.2 Details of pre-shutdown and shutdown activities with duration

1.8.2.1 Pre-Shutdown Activities:

ESP proper shall be erected in a new location along with silos, dust
disposal system, MCC cum control room etc.
1.8.2.2 Shutdown Activities:

Inter-connection of the ESP with the existing ducts, In-situ replacement


of ducts inside the sock house, Dismantling of Gravity separators and
installation of a header in its place.
1.8.2.3 Other Site Related Details

Details of over ground facilities at erection site which may need


diversion and special handling equipment to be deployed at site, if any,
are to be clearly brought out by the bidder in their offer.
1.9 INTENT OF SPECIFICATION

1.9.1 The intent of this tender specification is to furnish required details for

enabling the bidder to submit their best offers (technical & commercial)
as per the scope of work mentioned at chapter 2.0, technical

specifications at chapter 3.0, and commissioning & performance


guarantee at chapter 4.0.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 1.5
System, BSP
1.9.2 This tender specification shall be read in conjunction with other
documents enclosed with the NIT.

1.10 SITE VISIT AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS


1.10.1 The bidder shall visit the site, study drawings/ documents and discuss

with the employer/ consultant, if required, regarding any technical


clarification and get satisfied with respect to the nature and extent of

work involved. The bidder shall also obtain first-hand information


regarding location, work terrain, climate condition, railways, roads,

airports and communication etc. before offering the bid for the job.
1.10.2 All materials/ equipment/ machinery/ fabricated items used in the

subject package shall be according to the specification given herein and


any deviation should be clearly brought-out in schedules of exclusions

and deviations attached with this TS. No mention of exclusions and


deviations will mean that the bidder has accepted the scope and

specification given herein.


1.11 DRAWINGS AND TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED

WITH THE OFFER


1.11.1 The Bidder shall submit along with the bid, drawings / documents / data

as per the following details:


1.11.1.1 General layout showing disposition of all major units and

interconnection with the existing facilities such as roads, railway tracks,


utility and power lines etc.

1.11.1.2 General arrangement drawings of all units, equipment and systems with

relevant dimensions.
1.11.1.3 Power single line diagram.

1.11.1.4 Process flow diagram.


1.11.1.5 Automation configuration drawing.

1.11.1.6 Schedule of quantity of equipment.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 1.6
System, BSP
1.11.1.7 Delivery/ commissioning schedule (Bar chart/PERT Network).
1.11.1.8 Details of major construction equipment required for carrying out the

job within the stipulated time which they possess, with location and
details of construction equipment, which they would hire to facilitate

the dismantling, and construction activities.


1.11.1.9 Drawings & documents listed are minimum requirement only. The

Bidder shall ensure that all other necessary write-ups required to fully
describe the equipment and system offered, are submitted with this

offer.
1.12 SCHEDULES TO BE DULY FILLED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE OFFER

1.12-1 Declaration of site visit


1.12-2 List of recommended spares for two years normal
operation
1.12-3 Lists of consumables
1.12-4 List of Initial fill.
1.12.5 List of special tools and tackles
1.12-6 List of exclusions
1.12-7 List of deviations

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 1.7
System, BSP
2 SCOPE OF WORK
2.1 GENERAL
2.1.1 The bidder shall be responsible for execution of the jobs envisaged for
“UP-GRADATION OF BF#7 STOCK HOUSE DEDUSTING SYSTEM, BSP”on
Turnkey basis.
2.1.2 The scope of work shall cover design, engineering, procurement,
manufacture, fabrication, supply, transportation, insurance, storage,
handling, dismantling & removal of debris, construction, erection,
testing, commissioning, stabilization and demonstration of performance
guarantee of the complete plant and equipment to the satisfaction of
the employer. The plant and equipment supplied shall be new and best
of its kind.
2.1.3 All indigenous items including ESP shall be as per the List of Acceptable
Makes of equipment and supplies furnished in Annexure-2.1.3-1 and
as given in the Plant’s (Bhilai Steel Plant’s) acceptable make list attached
along with NIT, if any.
2.1.4 Also please note that
a) Where more than one Vendor is listed, the Contractor is free to choose
any of them, but it must notify the Employer of its choice well in
advance prior to appointing any selected Vendor.
b) The contractor shall not be permitted to propose a new vendor for
items where at least three approved vendors are available for providing
supplies. However, where at least three vendors are not available to
provide supplies, the contractor may propose additional vendors for
approval of the employer.
c) No approval of the Employer is required to be obtained by the
contractor for procurement of items that are not listed Annexure 2.1.3-1
and the Plant’s (name of the plant to be mentioned) acceptable make
list attached along with NIT, if any.
2.1.5 The equipment and facilities envisaged under this package shall be
located generally as per general layout drawings enclosed with the TS.
Layout of plant and equipment shall have provision for easy and safe
movement of operation/ maintenance personnel for operation/
inspection of the running plant. Adequate space for dismantling/
removal of equipment/ parts for repair shall also be built in the layout.
2.1.6 All the manufacturing/ fabrication works shall be carried out only on the
basis of approved drawings and schemes or as directed by the

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.1
System, BSP
employer. Approval given by the employer shall not relieve the bidder
of any obligations under the contract.
2.1.7 Wide Parallel Flange Beam (WPB) and Narrow Parallel Flange Beam
(NPB) sections, being produced by SAIL, shall be used. In case of non-
availability /non- suitability of WPB or NPB sections, tapered rolled SAIL
sections or built up sections using SAIL steel shall be used. This is in
addition to the relevant clauses of SBD with regards to usage of SAIL
steel.
2.1.8 Any equipment/ work/ service, which may not have been specifically
mentioned in this document but is necessary for completeness of the
work, shall be clearly brought out in the offer and included in their
scope of work.
2.1.9 Clearance of installations from the statutory and other concerned
authorities on behalf of Employer. The successful bidder shall also assist
in preparing application forms, providing necessary drawings,
documents, test certificates etc., including necessary co-ordination with
statutory and other concerned authorities.
2.2 Scope of Services
2.2.1 Receiving of equipment from bidder’s stores/ employer’s stores and
transportation to site.
2.2.2 Unloading of equipment at site, unpacking, cleaning up, and checking
for completeness and transportation to site for erection.
2.2.3 Transferring of centre lines and levels from standard benchmark(s),
including geodetic survey.
2.2.4 Filling of lubricants/ grease as per manufacturer’s instructions.
2.2.5 Supply of all erection consumables like oil, kerosene, cotton waste,
oxygen and acetylene gas cylinders, electrodes, asbestos sheets,
asbestos ropes, sealing compounds etc.
2.2.6 Arranging tools, tackles, construction & erection machineries, cranes
and other handling & testing equipment, scaffolding, temporary
platforms, erection fixtures, skilled/semi-skilled/unskilled personnel etc.
2.2.7 Required loading/ unloading / transportation of the equipment part,
which may require repairs at employer’s repair shop(s).
2.2.8 Arranging inspection of equipment at manufacturer’s/ sub-supplier’s
works wherever required as per approved QAP.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.2
System, BSP
2.2.9 Arranging and rendering equipment and personnel to employer for
checking the correctness of the work in progress.
2.2.10 Submission of test certificates and data sheet from approved third part
testing laboratory or manufacturer respectively.
2.2.11 All equipment shall conform to the relevant provisions of Statutory and
other Regulations in force such as Indian explosives Act, Indian Factories
Act, Indian Boiler Regulation, State Factories Act, Indian Electricity Rules,
Central Pollution Control Board, Indian Weights & Measures Act as
applicable. The bidder shall provide all necessary assistance to the
employer to get all the installations within the scope of supply
approved by the concerned legal authorities.
2.2.12 Any rectification / modification of existing facilities required during
erection of equipment.
2.2.13 The bidder shall be responsible for protection and / or diversion of
underground and all existing over-ground services, wherever required
and / or diversion of the underground services which are indicated in
the drawing made available to the bidder. In case there are under-
ground services which need to be protected and / or diverted but are
not shown in the drawing, the bidder shall be responsible to execute the
same at extra price, if any, to be mutually agreed between bidder &
employer.
2.2.14 Sundry works such as making of holes, grouting, chiselling of holes/
opening through walls, ceiling, floors, steel structures, etc. including
providing inserts as per requirement, cleaning of site periodically and at
the time of final handing over.
2.2.15 Periodic transportation including Loading, unloading and spreading the
unserviceable material, debris & surplus excavated earth with all lift and
lead within plant premises unless otherwise specified.
2.2.16 All instructions in the manuals for assembly, erection, testing and
commissioning of the equipment shall be in English.
2.3 Implementation Schedule
2.3.1.1 The project shall be implemented within a period of 13 months from
the effective date of contract up to commissioning.
2.3.2 An indicative implementation schedule is shown at Annexure 2.3.2-1.
However, the bidder may improve upon the same and submit a
schedule with their offer, showing all major activities, with respective
duration proposed.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.3
System, BSP
2.3.3 Discipline wise scope of work has been elaborated in the subsequent
clauses of this Chapter.
2.4 MECHANICAL
The scope of work for mechanical jobs shall broadly include but not
limited to the following:
2.4.1 Dismantling and installation (Insitu replacement ) of all existing Dust
collection hoods, ducts, along with their supports etc., in all the fugitive
dust generating points/material transfer points inside Stock House.
Tentative list of the duct inside the stock house is enclosed at Annexure
2.4-1. The list is not exhaustive. The bidder shall visit the site and assess
the quantities themselves before submitting their offer. The successful
bidder shall make the list of all ducts to be replaced along with the size
and get them approved by the client.
2.4.2 The successful bidder shall redesign/ recheck the duct sizes inside the
stock house instead of simply replacing them in situ. Some additional
dust generating points such as skip pit area and weigh hoppers area etc.
which were not covered earlier shall also be included in this project as
per requirement.
2.4.3 Dismantling of gravity separators.
2.4.4 Complete dismantling of all the existing multi cyclones
2.4.5 Installation of suitable sized header in place of gravity separators, laying
of all ducts coming out of stock house on existing supports and
connecting them to the newly installed header.
2.4.6 Connecting header to the existing duct going to fan house.
2.4.7 Supply & installation of One (1) no. dry, horizontal ESP (with minimum 4
fields) including 1 no. motorized gate damper at ESP inlet along with
dust disposal system consisting of Rotary Airlock Valves (RAV), chain
conveyor, etc.
2.4.8 The existing suction and discharge motorized dampers of ID fans, and
discharge dampers are damaged. Same shall be replaced with new ones
along with replacement of their electrical panels.
2.4.9 Existing duct shall be suitably modified at the inlet and outlet of the
proposed ESP. The outlet duct from ESP shall be connected to duct
going to existing ID fans.
2.4.10 Dust disposal system consisting of 1 no. bucket elevator, dust storage
silo, pug mil, etc.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.4
System, BSP
2.4.11 Separate Packaged type water cooled air conditioner (1W+1S) for ESP
control room and old MCC room. The AC system shall consist of all the
auxiliaries like 2 nos. (1W+1S) condenser cooling pumps, FRP cooling
tower with 2 nos. (1W+1S) cells, water pipelines, false ceiling, etc.
2.4.12 Washed air type ventilation system for the PMCC room.
2.4.13 Staircase along with suitable platforms as per statutory requirement in
existing MS fabricated self-supported Chimney of 40 m height.
2.4.14 DCP / clean agent / CO2 type portable fire extinguishers in the ESP
control room, PMCC room and old MCC room.
2.5 ELECTRICS
2.5.1 The scope of work of the Bidder shall include but not limited to the
following:
Sl. DESCRIPTION QTY.
No.
1. Tapping of LT power from Substation 15I, 2 sets
installation of two numbers of 1250 A, 415V, HT Air
Circuit Breaker (ACB).
Necessary shutdown shall be taken to tap power
from substation 15I.
2. Laying of cable from The above ACBs to new PMCC Lot
of ESP through existing cable tunnels.

3. New PMCC for ESP loads 1 set

4. New PDB for auxiliary loads such as ventilation and


illumination, PLC, UPS etc.

5. Transformer rectifier sets (ONAN, step up, oil 4 sets


immersed, silicon control rectifier as per relevant
standards. Proper electrostatic shielding shall be
considered.
6. Microprocessor based digital control units for 1 set
controlling output of transformer rectifier sets and
rapper control as briefly indicated in subsequent
chapters.
7. Control Desk 1 no.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.5
System, BSP
Sl. DESCRIPTION QTY.
No.
8. LCS shall be installed for local control of various Lot
mechanisms.
9. Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) for catering all 1 Set
needs of equipment/ items within the battery limit
including for instrumentation & automation
equipment/ items
10. Illumination, Utility and ACVS
Illumination of the following areas shall be Lot
considered:
The control room and its adjacent area, the area
adjacent to ESP, the four levels of ESP
One MLDB, required nos. of SLDBs, Energy efficient
LED Lighting fixtures inside the control rooms, pole
mounted LED lamp fittings for outside area lighting,
weather proof luminaires in different levels of ESP
Junction boxes, pull boxes, conduits, switch Boards
cables, etc., shall be considered.
 Adequate nos. of 5/15A switch, sockets inside
the control room and 240V/24V receptacles at
each ESP floor level.
 ACVS supply for the control room shall be
drawn from the 63A triple pole MCCB installed
in the PMCC of the control room.
 Supply of SLDB shall be drawn from the 32A
triple pole MCCB installed in the PDB of the
control room.
 Emergency light for Control room
11. Repair and welding Network for complete ESP Lot

12. Cables and Cable laying Lot


Supply, laying, dressing, termination of all 1.1kV
grade LT Power/Control cables including
preparation of route, cable racks, cable lugs, cable
glands, cable jointing and termination kits, GI pipes,
conduits, etc., as required.
13. Supply and erection of fabricated steel materials
(cable trays/ base plate/ mounting frame, inserts,

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.6
System, BSP
Sl. DESCRIPTION QTY.
No.
etc, GI pipes, conduits, junction box, pull box, etc.) as
per requirement.
14. Earthing Lot
Earhing ring and lightning protection system
complete with earthing pits, GI strips, air termination
rod, etc., shall be considered separately for the
control room, ESP area. These separate earth rings
shall be interconnected and shall be connected to
the earth ring main of the plant area.
Separate earthing shall be provided for electronic
equipment like TR Set Controllers and other
electronic equipment inside the control room.
15. Miscellaneous items for safety: Lot
Insulated PVC rubber mats for laying in front of new
PMCC.
Danger Boards and Shock Treatment Charts at
appropriate locations in English, Hindi and Local
language.
Portable fire extinguishers suitable for electrical fire.
Portable Emergency Light Set in the Control Room
and LT room.
16. Furniture comprising of cabinet, chairs & table Lot
required for installation of PC, Monitor & Printer
2.5.2 The DC excitation system for existing ID fan shall consist of following
major components:-

S.No Description ID fan


1. Static Excitation System for ID fan , Synchronous 2 sets
Motor of 1400KW
Rotor Data :- Rotor Voltage – 74 V
Rotor Current - 400 A
Digital thyristor with redundant system & digital
control unit.
2. Human Machine Interface for Local Operation of 01 Set
excitation system, display of actual values, Parameter
settings and event and fault loggings.
3. Interface Unit for interfacing digital and analog 02
control signals having minimum Sets

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.7
System, BSP
S.No Description ID fan
a) 12 Nos. digital inputs
b) 16 Nos. Relay Output
c) 3 Nos. Analog Input
d) 3 Nos. Analog Output
e) 3 Nos. PT 100 input for transformer
temperature
f) Ethernet Interface
g) Serial Link for Insulation Monitor

4. Local Instruments mounted on the panels 02


a) Field Voltmeter Sets
b) Field Ammeter
c) Power factor Meter
d) Field temperature Meter
e) Stator Current Ammeter

5. Field Suppression and Field Over Voltage Protection 02


with linear discharge resistor, DC field breaker. Sets

6. Excitation Transformer, Dry type VPI insulated, 02


3Phase 415V AC, 50Hz Nos

7. MCCB, 3Phase, 50KA, with electronic protection and 06


auxiliary contacts for incoming side of excitation Nos
transformer

8. Current transformer, 415V, on primary side of 06


Excitation Transformer. Nos
Any other component/ work not mentioned specifically in the technical
specification but required for successful commissioning of the system
shall be in the scope of work of the tenderer.
2.6 PROCESS CONTROL AND AUTOMATION
2.6.1 PLC based process control and automation system at Level-1 for
complete control of proposed stock house de-dusting system shall
have the following:
2.6.1.1 PLC based automation system with operator station, Engg. Station &
HMIs (PC based) along with necessary software and licenses etc. A new
Engg. Station & one operator station in the ESP PLC control room and

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.8
System, BSP
a new standalone client (directly connected to PLC system) at COCR
shall be provided.
The proposed system shall be designed to achieve communication with
existing PLCs and exchange of any data from charging, furnace or any
other area to be shown in new de-dusting unit HMI and vice-versa.
2.6.1.2 Field instrumentations for the proposed ESP and disposal system,
following measurements shall be provided.
 Level measurement for each of hoppers and new silo shall be of Radar
type continuous system.
 Pressure and flow measurement at inlet and outlet of ESP.
 Temperature measurement in inlet and outlet of ESP.
 Opacity type continuous dust density monitoring system at stack.
2.6.1.3 Fire Detection and Alarm system for ESP control room, TR set room,
electrical room under the scope of this project.
2.6.1.4 The existing charging PLC is Siemens make S7-400-414H. Network
switch and necessary hardware, software, structure cabling with FO
cable, Ethernet cable and accessories shall be provided by the bidder for
communication with proposed PLC to be installed electrical control
room. Redundant FO cable with auto change over shall be provided.
The FO cables shall be laid generally on cable trays following the route
of the existing duct of the existing DE system. FO cable route shall be
approx. 750 meters from proposed ESP control and existing COCR
control room.
2.6.1.5 The system shall be designed such to have separate network for RIO
and HMI communication. Switches, FO cable and other accessories shall
be separate for networks of RIO and HMI communication. Two FO cable
of minimum 6 core each, with required accessories should be laid, if at
any location FO either in I/O network or HMI/PLC network.
2.6.1.6 Network IP scheme and HMI development should be as per the
requirement of the shop
2.6.1.7 All the hardware including PLC, IO cards and other devices must have
OEM support for minimum 5 years of supply and after that minimum 3
years maintenance support.
2.6.1.8 Any Gateway or any other hardware required for communication with
existing PLC.
2.6.1.9 There should be provision of firewall for connectivity with other
networks including plant wide network

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.9
System, BSP
2.6.1.10 Separate licenses for each HMI and each HMI should function
independently even when other is down.
2.6.1.11 Licensed Anti-virus software in all HMIs/PCs/Clients with minimum
license validity of 3 years shall be provided.
2.6.1.12 At present, there is no signal for the monitoring of fan, motor and
damper in existing Central Exhaust Station (CES). Necessary, hardware,
cabling, interfacing jobs for taking signals (for control and monitoring of
fan, motor and damper) from CES to new control room shall be
included in the scope of bidder.
The existing ID Fan and motor of Central Exhaust System will be utilized
for proposed system. Hence, bidder scope include transmission of the
Driving End and Non Driving End in both horizontal and vertical
directions (Bearing and Winding) temperature and vibration monitoring
signals of ID fan and motor shall be displayed in the new ESP PLC HMI
for trending and historian.
2.6.1.13 Interfacing of FCMA system of existing DE system shall be under the
scope of bidder. At present there is no direct control and integration. 32
nos. of Digital inputs and Digital outputs each shall be provided for
integration with proposed system (Integration shall have alarm and
annunciation. The Digital Input and outputs shall be for future use also.
2.6.1.14 Opacity type continuous dust density monitoring system shall have
provision for hook-up with CPCB (Central Pollution Control Board)
server, etc. The test probe shall be installed at the existing stack. The
opacity monitoring system shall be interfaced with plant wide network
of BSP. Hardware and software required for the same shall be under the
scope of bidder.
There shall be at least two 4-20mA output available from the opacity
meter. One shall be connected to the automation system and other
shall be available for connecting to CPCB server. In addition RS-485 /
Ethernet communication port shall be available on the transmitter.
The ladder and approach platforms for the dust monitoring system to
be installed in the stack shall be easy for working and maintenance
purpose. Monkey ladders shall not be used. Separate weather
protection for dust monitoring system and its field Equipment shall be
provided even it is weather proof.
A combined Portable DP meter, dust meter and flowmeter for checking
of functioning of ESP and FE system shall be provided along with
tapping points with isolation valves (for insertion of probe).

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.10
System, BSP
2.6.1.15 In addition to purge air blowers for opacity meter, Provision of purging
using plant nitrogen/compressed air from nearby available source shall
be included in the scope of the bidder. BSP to indicate the take-over
point for the same.
2.6.1.16 CCTV system
a) IP based CCTV system comprising of, 7 nos. minimum PTZ IP camera
with OFC network, Media Converter, Switch, Data Hub, SAN/NAS
storage, 1 no. 40” LED monitor , 5 A 230 V AC electrical supply points,
requisite cables etc. The camera may be installed at strategic locations
for monitoring MCC Room, ESP Control room, Peripheral areas. The
locations will be decided during detail engineering.
b) The proposed system shall consist of IP based CCTV cameras,
communication network, Network Attached Storage (NAS) and VMS
server, client monitoring workstation and voice communication system.
The system shall be an integrated system with IP network centric
functional, multi-site remote surveillance and management architecture
aimed at providing high speed manual/automatic operation for best
practice. The scope of work for installation of system is as following:
c) 8/4 port L2 switches shall be used to connect seven nos. of PTZ speed
dome cameras installed at different location. One no. of 24 port L3 GBIC
switches shall be used for connecting required nos. of L2 switches with
control room (ESP control room) where monitoring shall be done. UTP
shall be used preferably from L2 switch to CCTV cameras. Fibre cable
shall be used to connect L2 switch with L3 switch.
d) One nos. of 19 ‘’ switch rack shall be used for keeping L3 switch.
e) NAS (iSCSI/ NL–SAS) with minimum 50 TB for video recording storage
for all cameras (with full resolution and 25 frame rate) for 90 days.
f) Video Management Servers (VMS) with required video monitoring
software for control, monitor, playback and analysis as per project
requirement. Server shall complete with required compatible OS and
antivirus software. The complete system shall have minimum 3 years
support/maintenance.
g) Industrially rugged, vandal proof, IP65/66, IP based PTZ CCTV cameras
with surge protection device (with isolated ground), media
convertors/repeaters (if required). CAT6/ OFC, 8/24 port L2/L3 Managed
switch with PoE ports and fibre uplink including supporting structures,
maintenance platforms & safety requirements.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.11
System, BSP
h) Protection of CCTV Cameras against fine dust, cleaning of camera lens
and self-cleaning shall be considered.
i) All cameras shall have built-in intelligence at camera level for carrying
out camera analytic functions. Cameras shall have remote access and
control features.
j) Large screen LED Display (not less than 40” diagonal) for viewing all
cameras at a time at CCTV/VMS for all the monitoring stations. UPS
shall be provided for all switches & server/workstation.
k) Suitable racks shall be provided for housing server, NAS, switches, VMS,
UPS. Wall mounted racks shall be provided at switch location for
housing switch and UPS.
l) Operating System (OS)/ IP CCTV Application Software (VMS) Anti-virus
software (enterprise edition) and other software (as per requirement) for
clients & servers with minimum 3 years support license for workstations
& server at control/monitoring stations. All version of software to of
latest version.
m) Network shall be configured suitably to provide redundancy and to
avoid failure due to FO cable cut. FO cable shall be single mode fibre 91
µm /125 µm 6 cores armoured cables. All FO Cables shall be laid in
HDPE conduits with good supporting structures. Underground cable
laying shall be considered for FO cable laying. Additional FO cables
required as actual site condition shall be under the scope of the bidder.
n) Supply, Installation and structured cabling of CAT6 UTP cable & cable
laying accessories required for the proposed system. Cables shall be laid
in PVC-casing/ conduit/ flexible pipe with good supporting structures
and required accessories for completing the job. Additional CAT-6
cables required as actual site condition shall be under the scope of the
bidder.
o) Supply of all cable laying accessories including HDPE pipes (for
underground cable laying , GI pipes, PVC conduits/pipes/channels, cable
trays, supporting structures, clamps, identification tags, ferules etc.
required for laying of cables. The bidder shall include in his scope, if
required, any excavation work required for laying of cables in the
underground route.
p) Cable shall be mostly laid in existing cable trays/structure available in
the area. New cable trays shall be considered for areas where existing
trays are not available. Additional cable trays including supporting

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.12
System, BSP
structures etc. shall be considered for connecting existing cable trays up
to proposed camera locations.
q) Power supply arrangement from the employer’s input source up to the
equipment of proposed system including necessary
transformation/conversion and distribution of available power supply as
per requirement.

2.6.1.17 Telecommunication system


Telephone set based Telecommunication system (10-point DP board &
LSTB systems) at ESP Control Room and CEFS along with PA system for
communication between COCR, CEFS and ESP shall be under scope of
bidder. Telephone cables (PIJF), 20 pair DP, 10 pair DP and cabling
accessories shall be in the scope of bidder.
2.6.2 Broad Scope of Work
2.6.2.1 PLC based system automation system for integrated control of ESP and
disposal system. PLC system shall control the TR set controller & rapper
controller. Field instruments signals and signals from remote I/O for
charging PLC (Siemens S7-400) of BF-7 in at existing charging operator
control room (COCR) of BF-7 shall be terminated to this PLC system.
Controller and universal I/Os shall be considered for the PLC. Refer
conceptual system configuration drg No CET BH 4678 CA1 00 001 R=0
for process control & automation system. Dual ethernet switch shall be
considered, in new PLC room and existing charging operator control
room (COCR) for connectivity.
2.6.2.2 The system shall be designed such that the SCADA platform supplied by
the bidder shall have the same make of offered PLC.
2.6.2.3 Necessary microprocessor based controllers for TR sets, rapping of
electrodes including GD plates and operation of dust disposal system
consisting of rotary control valves below ESP hoppers and drag chain
conveyor, bucket elevator, etc.
2.6.2.4 Measurement of dust levels at the ESP hoppers and interlocking with
Rotary valves, drag chain conveyor and alarm generation through
switches.
2.6.2.5 All primary sensors as per range/ size/ application complete with
accessories like matching flanges, carrier rings, thermo well, connection
assembly, etc.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.13
System, BSP
2.6.2.6 Control desks, instrument panels, electrical equipment panels,
transmitter cabinets, field termination racks, auxiliary racks for housing
various instrumentation equipment, junction boxes, mounting
accessories, electrical and mechanical accessories like terminal blocks,
terminal units, panel illumination equipment including lamps, door
switches, etc.
2.6.2.7 Due to rough industrial environment, provision of metallic consoles for
HMI Clients/Emergency Station/Engineering Station etc should be there
and all panels and cabinets should be covered and dust proof.
2.6.2.8 All the RTD signals shall be directly connected to PLC without the
temperature transmitters.
2.6.2.9 All transmitters and other field instruments complete with all
accessories like mounting accessories, three valve manifold, two valve
manifold, isolating valves, terminal units, cubicle/canopy, etc.
2.6.2.10 The status and diagnostic data of UPS should be available on all HMI
clients and standalone systems.
2.6.2.11 Complete set of local gauges/ field mounted indicators, as required for
ESP operation.
2.6.2.12 Fire detection and alarm system for new control room area.
2.6.2.13 All measurement transmitters shall be installed in the transmitter
cabinet located in the field.
2.6.2.14 All supply and laying of control and signal cable work shall be under the
scope of the project.
2.6.2.15 Supply, laying and termination of cables, complete with cable laying
accessories consisting of cable trays, supports, conduits, termination
accessories, identification ferrules and tag marks.
2.6.2.16 After commissioning of the project at least 20% spare for automation
hardware to be provisioned.
2.6.2.17 Network diagnostic analyzer hardware and software shall be provided.
2.6.2.18 Supply and installation of equipment panels, transmitter cabinets,
junction boxes and mounting accessories.
2.6.2.19 Consumables, commissioning spares, special tools and tackles, testing
instruments/test kits, calibration equipment etc.
2.6.2.20 Special tools, tackles, testing equipment / test kits, calibration
equipment etc. as required for completion of the job. Calibration

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.14
System, BSP
certificate as per ISO standard shall be provided for all instruments by
the bidder.
2.6.2.21 The scope of work shall also include rain and dust protection
cover/canopy for field instrumentation.
2.6.2.22 Power supply & distribution equipment, transmitter supply units, circuit
breakers, etc. 2X 4 kVA UPS as mentioned in electrical scope of work
shall be used for instrument power supply.
2.6.2.23 Dedicated electronic earthing system for proposed automation system.
2.6.2.24 Approach to all taping points, sensors, opacity meter etc. shall be
approachable through safe ladders/ staircases. Safe working platform
with side rails for at least two people shall be incorporated in the
structural drawings. For all tapping points/ sensors installation of more
than five meters, standard staircase shall be provided. Monkey/cat
ladder shall not be acceptable for such points above five meters.
2.6.2.25 As per statutory requirement, the readings of CEMS (dust monitor) shall
be sent to CPC and Chhattisgarh Pollution Control Board. Provision of
two 4-20mA output shall be available from the opacity meter. One
output shall be connected to the automation system and other shall be
connected to CPCB server. In addition RS-485 / Ethernet communication
port shall also be provided on the transmitter. Necessary hardware and
software required for sending the hardwired 4-20 mA signals from
instrument to both the new control room and to CPCB server shall be
under the scope of bidder. Distance between sensor and control room
is Approximately 200 meter.
2.7 CIVIL WORKS
2.7.1 The scope of work covers design, detail engineering, preparation of
General arrangement and detailed working drawings, obtaining the
approval of the same from the Employer/ Consultant, and also include
the supply of all labour, materials, consumables, tools, tackles
transportation, site survey, site clearance, site handling, erection and
construction of the following civil engineering works complete on
Turnkey basis as per the approved detailed working drawings &
specifications. The entire work shall be as per IS of latest edition of
Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and technical specification of this
document.
2.7.2 The major civil engineering works envisaged broadly consists of the
following:

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.15
System, BSP
2.7.2.1 Site cleaning, leveling of area & removal of muck, uprooting of grass,
shrubs, etc.
2.7.2.2 Construction of RCC foundations for the ESP, Dust storage Silo and
trestles supporting ducts
2.7.2.3 Construction of RCC framed building with brick cladding walls housing
MCC cum control room and AC room. MCC room shall have RCC cable
trenches with MS chequered plate covers. The control room shall have
false floor & false ceiling.
2.7.2.4 All associated foundations / civil works and all interfacing
foundations/civil works required with existing ones.
2.7.2.5 Paved approach to all units, Apron around proposed units, Area
drainage around the proposed construction area and connection with
the existing main drains.
2.7.2.6 The scope of work also includes complete dismantling of existing
Welfare building no. 33(WOB#33), situated at the back side of BF#7
including removal of salvageable items like doors/window/fittings and
deposit the same at the designated place as per instruction of engineer
in charge. The scope also includes protection of existing pipelines and
its supporting structure surrounding the building, complete dismantling
of building up to bottom of foundation including necessary earth work
to expose the foundation below ground level, extraction of embedded
reinforcement bar and other steel items from RCC debris etc. and
depositing the same at MRD yard and submit the receipt to Engineer I/c
disposal of debris at designated place within 10 Km from WOB#33,
leveling the site after removal of debris.
2.7.3 The scope of civil work mentioned above shall be in confirmation to the
technological/process requirements:
2.7.3.1 Civil works such as chipping/cutting of floors/dismantling as required
for execution of work shall be under the scope of the Bidder. After
erection, surface shall be made good by plastering / repair/painting to
their original shape and finish.
2.7.3.2 Wherever existing structures are used for the new facilities the same
should be checked for its adequacy. Necessary repair as required to be
done.
2.7.3.3 Site clearance, site surveying & leveling of the area including rerouting
of the existing underground/over-ground facilities without any extra
cost to the Employer.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.16
System, BSP
2.7.3.4 Preparation, transfer of benchmarks & geodetic lines, checking and
fixing of foundation bolts, opening, cut-out, lines, level shall be under
the scope of the Bidder.
2.7.3.5 Sampling & testing of construction material on the specimens taken
during execution of the work shall be under the scope of the Bidder.
The testing shall be performed by a separate agency, approved by the
Employer and the cost towards the same shall be borne by the Bidder.
The strength of the concrete work should be fully ensured and in case
of doubt the contractor shall undertake necessary load test and NDT
(Non Destructive Testing) on concrete structures prescribed by the
Indian Standards, NCB by an approved agency
2.7.3.6 Since the execution of the proposed project will take place in and
around the running plant, all possible care shall be taken to ensure no
disruption of production. The movement of men and material for Civil
Works will be coordinated to ensure this objective.
2.7.3.7 The scope of work for the Bidder also includes providing and executing
foolproof protection of sides of excavation pits against failures and
slips, protection of all adjoining foundations, structures and other
facilities by necessary sheet piling, shoring and strutting, etc., as may be
suitable for the location of the works.
2.7.3.8 All construction equipment required for execution of the work shall be
arranged, procured and hired by Bidder at his own cost along with
operations, skilled & semi-skilled personnel. The Bidder shall also
furnish a list of construction equipment to be deployed by him.
2.7.3.9 At the end of the construction activities, the site shall be cleared of all
debris and site handed over in a neat and tidy manner. The debris shall
be disposed of at allotted sites.
2.7.3.10 Temporary approach road, site office, cement & other construction
material storage go-downs and fabrication yard for reinforcement,
inserts, etc., shall be constructed by the Bidder at his own cost.
2.8 STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK
2.8.1 The scope of structural steelworks described below gives general
description of structural steel works under the bidder’s scope of work.
The structural steelwork shall not be limited to these but shall be guided
by technical/ technological aspects for the total scope of the work.
2.8.2 ESP and silos supporting structures along with platforms, access stairs,
ladders, hand rails etc., as per technological requirement.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.17
System, BSP
2.8.3 Necessary new Ducts and hoods supporting structures for connecting
existing duct system to new ESP and Silos.
2.8.4 Dismantling, modification & strengthening of existing structures /duct
supports wherever necessary.
2.8.5 Roof and side sheets shall be of 0.50mm thick (TCT) PPGL (Galvalume
sheet) trapezoidal sheet.
2.8.6 Scope of Supply & Services
The bidder shall prepare all general arrangement drawings and design
drawings with all necessary plans, elevations, and sections giving design
section adopted, their specification and details of major connections
shall be submitted for approval. Quantity of structural work involved
shall be indicated in design drawings. Steel structural design drawing
shall have all necessary information required for preparing fabrication
drawings. Design drawings of structures prepared by the bidder shall
necessarily contain:
Dimension.
Level.
Plan and sectional views showing general arrangement of structures.
Member sizes.
Member forces.
Complete base plate details including welding detail.
Nature and type of connection details of beams, girders, bracings etc.
showing welds details (type, size, length etc.), gusset plate/ face plate
thickness etc. Connection detail shall be shown for all major members.
Bolt hole details (number, diameter, dimension etc.)
2.8.7 The bidder shall supply relevant structural design calculations along
with the G.A and design drawings. The Purchaser reserves the right of
offering, at his discretion, his comments/ observations on them which
the bidder shall incorporate in his drawings to the satisfaction of the
purchaser and submit the revised drawings.
2.8.8 Approval of the general arrangement drawings (on the basis of the
design calculation) means that they are checked for the general
conformity with the engineering requirement and applicable
specifications covered in T.S. Bidder shall, however, remain fully
responsible for the completeness, adequacy, correctness of his design

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.18
System, BSP
and successful implementation and satisfactory performance of the
structures under his scope of work.
2.8.9 The bidder shall submit fabrication drawings (based on approved GA/
design drawings) along with BOQ to the purchaser in hard copies for
record purpose only. The bidder shall also submit softcopy of
fabrication drawings.
2.8.10 Before starting the work bidder shall prepare structural design criteria
and get it approved by the purchaser.
2.8.11 Structural analysis/ design shall be carried out either manually or with
the help of STAADPRO software or using MS excel sheets. Softcopy of
input data for analysis/ design to be submitted along with design
calculation in editable format.
2.8.12 The bidder shall supply all material for structural steelwork including
paint materials, materials for fabrication, transportation, delivery and
storage of all steel structures, all consumables, handling equipment,
labour etc. complete in all respects.
2.8.13 Erection of fabricated structures (including tools, tackles, labour, cranes,
handling equipment and any staging or false work required for
erection), alignment, levelling, fixing, bolting/ welding, inspection and
testing of weld.
2.8.14 Bidder shall possess facilities/ equipment to carry out structural works at
all heights.
2.8.15 Bidder shall also prepare necessary fabrication drawings/ sketches for
modification jobs as per site requirement and take necessary clearance
from purchaser.
2.8.16 All mobile equipment and cranes as may be required to facilitate
dismantling, handling and erection and shall be supplied by the bidder
along with all construction and erection materials, equipment and
consumable, but not limited to, gauges, welding, brazing, gases and
rods, electrodes and wires, oxygen, acetylene, fuel, bolts, nuts, washers,
shims and temporary support etc. as required for incidental work and
for the completion of erection work.
2.8.17 Bidder shall prepare dismantling and erection scheme/ drawing
including temporary supporting structures and submit to purchaser for
reference. Purchaser may indicate observations on said schemes/
drawings which shall be incorporated before starting work.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.19
System, BSP
2.8.18 Painting of all fabricated & erected structural steel work as per
specification.
2.8.19 All necessary site measurements and study of available existing
drawings as may be required for developing the aforesaid design and
drawings shall also be deemed to be under the scope of the bidder. The
existing drawings are to be collected from BSP.
2.8.20 Dismantling of existing steel structures along with transportation/
disposal of dismantled structures from the area to the place earmarked
by the purchaser.
2.8.21 The dismantled structure shall be suitably stacked within a lead of 10
Km inside plant as per instructions of Engineer in charge. The
dismantled structure shall not be reused.
2.8.22 Site cleaning, preparation, transfer of benchmarks & geodetic lines,
checking & fixing, aligning of structures, final cleaning of site after
completion of the work shall be under the scope of the bidder.
2.9 DRAWINGS AND TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS
2.9.1 Following drawings and documents are to be submitted by the bidder
within 30 days of effective date of contract.
a) Layout and GA of ESP
b) Datasheet of ESP
2.9.2 Following documents are to be submitted by the bidder within 60 days
of effective date of contract.
a) Data sheet of material handling equipment
b) Data sheet of MCC
2.9.3 The following drawings / documents shall be submitted by the bidder
after placement of order:-

Discipline Description
Process and 1 L-II network (To be submitted within 3
Technology weeks of placement of order)
2. General Layout
3. QAP
Mechanical 1 P& I Diagram
/Utilities
2 Data Sheet of ESP
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.20
System, BSP
Discipline Description
3 Data Sheet of Equipment’s for dust disposal
system including Screw conveyor , RAV, Pug
Mill, Telescopic chute etc.
4 Heat Load calculation for Air Conditioning
and Ventilation system
5 GA of ESP
6 GA of material handling equipment
7 CFD Analysis Report

Electrical 1. Single line diagram


2. Data sheet of PMCC, PDB
3. Data sheet of TR sets
4. Data sheet of cables
5. GA & BOM of PMCC, PDB
6. GA & BOM of TR sets
7. Cable schedule
8. Layout of electrical equipment
9. Earthing drawings
10. GA and data sheet of motors
Process 1. Overall Control Philosophy of the integrated
Automation functioning of proposed automation
system.
2. Data sheet of PLC & HMI
3. Data sheet of Instruments
(Pressure, temperature, flow meters,
transmitters).
4. Datasheet of Instrument cables.
5. Datasheet of Dust Density monitor.
6. Data sheet of Level switches.
Structural 1. Design Criteria of Steel Structures
2. Design Doc. & Structural Arrgt. Dwg. Of
ESP Support Structure
3. Design Doc. & Structural Arrgt. Dwg. Of Silo

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.21
System, BSP
Discipline Description
Support Structure)
4. Design Doc. & Structural Arrgt. Dwg. Of
Duct Supports * (Individual support may
have its respective drawing)
Civil 1. Design Criteria for Civil Works
2. Overall foundation plan, layout & section
3. GA, Shuttering Plan & Section of Foundation
including Bolts & Base Plate details for ESP
4. GA, Shuttering Plan & Section of Foundation
including Bolts & Base Plate details for Silo
Manuals 1. Operation Manual
2. Maintenance Manual
3. Erection Manual

2.9.4 The drawings/ documents submitted after placement of order shall be


submitted for approval as per SBD Cl. No. 20.3. The drawings of sub-
suppliers shall be duly vetted and stamped by the principal bidder
before submission to employer.
2.9.5 Drawings shall be submitted in pre-decided and agreed sequence. In
order to expedite the approval of drawings, engineering meeting shall
be routinely held with the bidder at plant/ consultant’s location every 2
to 4 weeks for clearing of drawings across the table and sorting out
issues, if any. These meetings are to be held during the entire
engineering phase of a project.
2.10 Drawing / document submission methodology:
The bidder shall submit 2 hard copies of the drawing to the consultant
and 3 hard copies to the employer for approval in accordance with SBD
sub-clause 20.3.1 to 20.3.3. Within fourteen (14) days after receipt by
the Project Manager/Consultant of any drawing/ document, the
comment of Consultant along with the comments from the employer
shall be incorporated in the hard copy and necessary stamping shall be
done by the consultant. Scanned copy of the stamped drawing shall
then be mailed to the bidder by the consultant. Within seven (7) days
after receipt of the scanned copy of the drawing from consultant
through e-mail, the bidder shall take out 5 prints of the same and out of

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.22
System, BSP
these, 4 hard copies shall be sent to the employer and one hard copy
shall be sent to the consultant.
In case, the drawing is not approved, the bidder shall prepare the
revised drawing, after suitably incorporating the comments given by
employer/ consultant, and submit the same for approval, in 2 hard
copies of the drawing to the consultant and 3 hard copies to the
employer for scrutiny within 10 days from the receipt of scanned copies
from the consultant. The above process shall be continued till the
drawing is approved.
After approval and stamping, the consultant shall send the scanned
copy of the approved drawing to the bidder by e-mail. Within seven (7)
days after receipt of the scanned copy of the drawing from consultant
through e-mail, the bidder shall take out 5 prints of the same and out of
these, 4 hard copies shall be sent to the employer and 1 hard copy shall
be sent to the consultant.
In addition to the above, bidder shall also submit all the drawings in soft
format in suitable media for approval/ reference etc.
2.10.1 Format of bidder drawing list shall have minimum following fields:-
1. Sl. No.
2. Employer drawing No
3. Bidder drawing No
4. Name of consortium member
5. Area
6. Drawing/Document Name
7. Category (Approval/Reference)
8. Discipline
9. Stage (BE/DE)
10. Schedule date of submission
11. Remarks
2.10.2 Drawing list shall be in excel format. Any additional field, if required,
shall be added after Column 11. In case the drawing has more than one
sheet, employer drawing shall include the sheet number as part of
drawing number.
2.10.3 Editable format soft copies (3 sets) on CD/DVD of all “As-Built” drawings
(full set of drawings as per the approved drawing list) and

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.23
System, BSP
manufacturing drawings of critical parts, spares and fast wearing parts
shall be supplied by the bidder.
2.10.4 In case the proposed plant uses any process, equipment or software
which is covered under any patent and SAIL / BSP is required to have
the relevant user’s license for the same, the scope of work of this tender
shall include transferring such licenses to SAIL and indemnifying SAIL
against infringement of any intellectual property rights.
2.11 BATTERY LIMIT
Incoming
Utilities 1.Inside Stock House
Electrical Incoming from Substation 15I, by installing
two numbers 1250A ACB.

Outgoing
Utilities Inlet of multi cyclones / Central Exhaust
fan station
Electrical Outgoing from two numbers 1250A ACB
to new PMCC and then to different
mechanisms of new ESP
PCA Battery limit starts from provision of
network switch for interfacing of existing
Charging PLC at COCR of BF-7 with PLC for
new ESP system.
2.12 EMPLOYER’S OBLIGATION
Construction water and power shall be provided to the bidder as per
SBD Cl. No. 20.4.2 and 20.4.3.
2.13 TRAINING
Training required for automation system supplied by the bidder.
2.14 The bidder will identify any hazard / risks which may result in fatal
accidents / severe damage to human health and safety, damage to
equipment and material resulting in loss of time and having cost
implication. The bidder will carry out the above assessment and
formulate appropriate action plan to prevent such incidents. This action
plan shall be submitted to the Employer before start of the work.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.24
System, BSP
2.15 We may mention that the list of operational & maintenance spares shall
be decided during tender discussion/ clarifications.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 2.25
System, BSP
3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
3.1 BASIC DESIGN AND SITE CONDITIONS
3.1.1 General Information on Plant Site
3.1.1.1 Climatic Condition
1) Ambient temperature
i) Absolute Maximum : 48oC
ii) Absolute Minimum : 4oC
iii) Average : 35oC
2) Relative Humidity
i) Maximum : 100 %
ii) Minimum : 7%
3.1.1.2 Railway Station & Airport
The nearest railway station is Durg on the Howrah-Mumbai rail line. The
plant site is about 10 km from Durg Railway Station.
The nearest airport is Raipur, which is about 40 km from the plant.
3.1.1.3 Existing System
1. Stock House of BF 7 comprises mainly JH44, RSCs, Bunkers (20 nos) ,
Feeders (20 nos.) , screens, JH 45 & JH 62. The various conveyors
involved in the transfer of material are as hereunder.
Sl. Belt Material being carried Belt Capacity
No. Width m3/hr.
(mm)
1 J41C1 Ore, Quartzite, Limestone, 1000 300
manganese ore
2 J42C1 ..Do.. 1000 300
3 J-44C5 ..Do.. 1000 300
4 J-44C1 Coke 1400 500
5 J-44C2 Coke, Ore, Limestone, Mn 1400 500
Ore, Quartzite
6 J-44C3 Sinter, Ore, Mn Ore, 1400 500
Quartzite
7 J-44C4 Sinter 1400 500
8 J-44RSC1 Coke 1400 500
9 J-44RSC2 Coke, Ore, Limestone, Mn 1400 500
Ore,Quartzite
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.1
System, BSP
Sl. Belt Material being carried Belt Capacity
No. Width m3/hr.
(mm)
10 J-44RSC3 Sinter, Ore, Mn Ore, 1400 500
Quartzite
11 J-44RSC4 Sinter 1400 500
12 J-44SC1 Ore, Quartzite, Limestone, 1200 500
manganese ore
13 J-44SC2 ..Do.. 1200 500
14 J-45C1 Coke Fines 650 125
15 J-45C2 Sinter Fines 650 100
16 J-45C3 Sinter Fines 650 100
17 J-45C4 Coke Fines 650 125
18 J-62C1 Coke Fines 800 100
19 J-62C2 Coke Fines / Sinter Fines 800 100
20 J-62C3 Sinter Fines 800 100
2. The general flow of material inside the stock house is as per the drg.
No. CET BH 4678 UT0 001 R0.
3. Belt no. 41C1 from JH 41 is feeding iron ore from ore yard to Belt no.
42C1 which in turn is feeding belt no. 44 C5 in JH 44. Similarly, Belts no.
FC7, RSC1, RSC2 & RSC3 of JH 27 are feeding coke, Iron ore and sinter
to different belts in JH44. JH 44 has 5 nos. of belts viz. 44C1, 44C2, 44C3,
44C4 & 44C5. Belt no. 44C5 is a feeding 44C2/44C3. Belts FC7 from
JH27 is feeding Belt 44C4. Belts RSC1 from JH27 is feeding Belt 44C1.
Belts RSC2 from JH27 is feeding Belt 44C2. Belts RSC3 from JH27 is
feeding Belt 44C3. Belt 44C2 / 44C3 is feeding to RSC2/RSC3. Belt
44C1/44C4 is feeding to RSC 1/RSC4. RSC 1 to 4 are feeding to bunkers
(total 20 nos. - 4 nos. coke + 4 nos. Sinter + 8 nos. ore + 4 nos.
Additives). From bunkers, material goes to feeders (20 nos.). From
feeders it goes to screens (20 nos.). From screens, proper sized material
goes to skip and fines goes to fine belts. There are 4 fines return
conveyors 45C2, 45C2, 45C3 & 45 C4 in JH 45 which are feeding to
JH62. JH 62 has 3 conveyors 62C1, 62C2, 62C3 which are feeding the
fines to fine bunkers(4Nos.).
4. There are approximately 100 dust collection points at various levels in
the stock house ranging from -7.8m to + 25. 5 m. Finally, approximate
40 nos. of ducts of sizes ranging from DN250 to DN 800 are coming out
of the stock house and are getting connected to the gravity separators.
The gravity separator is connected to multicyclones via the duct size 3.5
meter. The list of collection points (approx.) along with the volume
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.2
System, BSP
(approx.) and the pipe coming out of the stock house is enclosed at
Annexure – 3.1.3-1-1.
5. The typical sieve analysis of the stock house dust is as follows :
+1mm +150micron +75micron -75 micron
Nil 24.2% 40.1% 35.7%
6. The typical chemical analysis of the stock house dust is as follows :
 Total Fe-43.29
 SiO2 – 12.10
 Al2O3 – 3.04
 LOI – 2.35
 P2O5 – 0.09
7. Presently, the Central Exhaust Fan Station with system capacity of
7,00,000 cum/h and TP 550 mmWC commissioned in 1987, is catering to
the dust extraction facilities for BF#7 Stock House. The major equipment
of the present de dusting system are:
 Gravity Separators (16 nos.)
 Multicyclones (10 nos.)
 ID Fan (2 Nos. , 1W+1SB)
 Chimney(1 no. , 40 m high , shell thickness 10mm, Bottom dia.
6m)
 Ducts
8. The system was designed for stack emission of 150 mg/Nm3 and also to
maintain a healthy work zone of the stock house. But the performance
of these systems has become very poor. Dust disposal system has
become dysfunctional since the radial settling tanks, clarifiers are not
operational for a long time. Moreover, SGP 4 & 5 gallery support
structure has been constructed in the middle of the radial settling tank
further hampering it performance.
9. All this has resulted in increased work zone dust concentration level in
the stock house. Moreover, the stack emissions norm of 30 mg/Nm3
cannot be maintained with the present system.
3.2 DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED SYSTEMS
3.2.1 It is proposed to install a new dry ESP based DE System for the stock
house with system capacity of 7,00,000 Am3/hr. The layout of the
proposed system is shown in Drawing No. CET BH 4678 UT0 00 002
R=0.
3.3 DESIGN BASIS
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.3
System, BSP
3.3.1 Inlet Dust Loading to ESP
The dust loading of the fumes at the inlet of ESP is envisaged to be 5
g/Nm3.
3.3.1.1 Stack Emission
Stack emission from the stack shall be below 30 mg/Nm3.
3.3.1.2 Work Zone Dust Level
The dust content in work zone will be restricted to below 2 mg/m3
(RSPM) at a distance of 10 m from the source as per latest statutory
norm.
3.3.2 System Flow
The flow diagram of the proposed dust extraction system is shown in
Drawing No. CET BH 4678 UT0 00 003 R=0.
3.3.3 System Description
3.3.3.1 New ESP shall be installed near existing central air exhaust station.
Existing duct shall be suitably modified at the inlet and outlet of the
proposed ESP. The outlet duct from ESP shall be connected to duct
going to existing ID fans. Since the system capacity is being maintained,
it has been envisaged to use the existing ducts as the same are in good
condition.
3.3.3.2 The multicyclones, gravity separators, existing duct work inside
stockhouse shall be dismantled by the successful bidder. The existing
old works building no. 33 will be dismantled by BSP. Layout of the
proposed has been shown in Drawing No. CET RN 4678 UT0 00 002
R=0.
3.3.3.3 Existing ducts from the suction hoods of various dust generating points
of Belt conveyors, RSCs, Feeders and screens of JH-44, JH-45 & JH-62
shall be dismantled and replaced insitu. All the pipes coming out of the
stock house shall also be replaced insitu on existing supports. The
existing gravity separators shall also be dismantled. A new header of
suitable size shall be installed. All the pipes coming out of the stock
house shall be connected to this header. This header shall be joined to
existing DN 3500 duct.
3.3.3.4 One no. Silo for storage for 48 hours shall be installed near ESP. The
dust shall be transported to the silo by drag chain conveyor / bucket
elevator. Dust shall be finally discharged in a tipper truck via Rotary Air
lock valve / Pug mill / Telescopic chute.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.4
System, BSP
3.3.3.5 One no. MCC cum control room shall be located near ESP. Package type
air conditioner shall be installed for control room. Ventilation system
shall be provided for MCC room.
3.3.3.6 The capacity of the proposed system has been indicated as minimum
capacity to be considered by the Bidder. However the final capacities of
the system shall be finalized during detail engineering. Bidder to design
the system according to the ACGIH handbook.
3.3.3.7 Specific gravity of the Stock house dust shall be as follows:
i. For load calculations 2500kg/m3
ii. For volume calculations 1100kg/m3
3.4 MECHANICAL – BROAD SPECIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT
3.4.1 Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP)
1. Type Dry, Horizontal Flow Type
2. No. of passes Bidder to design
3. Electric fields per pass 4 (minimum)
4. Inlet Dust Content 5 g/Nm3 (max.)
5. Outlet Dust Content <30 mg/Nm3 with 4 fields working
6. Inlet volume 1 x 7,00,000Am3/h (minimum)
7. Inlet Gas Temperature Ambient
8. Operating temp. 30 - 60o C
9. Design Temperature 30 oC
10. Collection Efficiency Bidder to design
11. Specific collection area 65 m2/ m3/s (min.)
12. Casing MS as per IS 2062: 2011
Minimum thickness – 8 mm
13. Type of Gas Bidder to design
Distribution Screen
(GD Screen)
14. Discharge Electrodes
Type Bidder to design
Material MS/Stainless steel
15. Collecting Electrode
Type Strip Configuration
Material MS

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.5
System, BSP
Thickness 1.5 mm (minimum)
Spacing between 400 mm (minimum)
Electrode
16. Rapping Bidder to design
Rapping Controller By microprocessor based masterless
rapper coordinator housed in each TR
Control Panel.
17. Transformer Rectifier
Set Oil immersed natural cooled, outdoor
Type 1 no.
Quantity per field On roof of ESP with local canopy
Mounting 415 V ± 10%, 50 Hz
Input Voltage Oil
Method of cooling
18. Hoppers Required nos. of hoppers per field
Type Pyramidal design
Valley angle 65o (minimum)
Material MS - IS 2062:2011
Thickness Minimum 8 mm
SS liners inside the To be provided up to 1/3 height of
hoppers hopper
Thermal insulation of To be provided with 100 mm mineral
ESP hoppers including wool of 100 kg/m3 density with 22 G Al
casings cladding with chicken mesh, etc.
19. Rotary Airlock Valve Direct driven type with minimum
(RAV) below each
flange opening of 350 mm. Each RAV
hopper shall be fitted with a manually
operated slide gate valve.
20. Handling Facility 5 T (minimum)Electric Monorail hoist
system for TR sets
21. Weather shed over ESP Suitable structural shed covering the
top complete ESP top to be provided.
22. i) Insulation i) ESP wall, roof panels, hoppers,
connecting funnels and ducts
0
ii) Allowable temp. ii) 3 C
drop iii) Mineral wool, density-100kg/m3
IS:8183-1990,Minimum 100 mm
iii) Thermal Insulation
iv) 22 SWG aluminium sheet
iv) Thickness

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.6
System, BSP
3.4.2 I.D. Fan (2 nos.)
Existing Central Exhaust Fan Station Fans along with motors shall be
used. However, These motors are 11KV synchronous motor & their
excitation source is from old BHEL panel. The old relay board panel is
also used for various signals. The excitation panel & relay board panel
shall be upgraded with new one.
3.4.3 Stack (1 no.)
Existing chimney shall be used.
 Height : 40.0 m
 Shell Thickness : 14/12/10 mm
 Bottom Dia : 6000.00mm
 Top dia : 5000 mm
Online stack monitoring system shall be installed with a connection to
CPCB server as per norms. Staircase along with platform shall be
provided in the existing stack as per statutory requirements.
3.4.4 Duct / Hood Work
3.4.4.1 Ducting shall be of welded construction with miter bends, flanges,
associated supporting saddles, brackets, etc. The suction hoods shall
also be of welded construction. MOC of hood and duct shall be carbon
steel conforming to IS: 2062-2011 having thickness not less than 6.0
mm. Ducting shall be suitably routed without infringement with any
existing equipment and facilities.
3.4.4.2 The velocities in the horizontal and vertical ducts shall be between 20-
22 m/sec to avoid deposition of dust in the duct. Man holes / hand
holes and dust outlet boxes at all low points shall be provided. Duct
clean out doors/ cleaning hatches on horizontal run before elbow and
junctions shall be provided at suitable locations in the ducting. The duct
network shall be designed so as to have proper flow balance and
velocity. The flanges in the duct shall be air tight with Neoprene rubber
packing.
3.4.4.3 Duct support shall be designed for condition for one third dust settled.
3.4.4.4 Suitable number of fabric expansion joints to be provided to take care
of temperature fluctuation and stress induced thereof.
3.4.5 Dust Disposal System
3.4.5.1 Dust from the hoppers of ESP will be collected through drag chain
conveyor, placed below the ESP through RAV and transported to a
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.7
System, BSP
bucket elevator, which in turn will dislodge dusts on to the dust storage
silo, from which dusts will be unloaded to dumpers periodically through
pug mill to prevent further emission of fugitive dusts.
3.4.5.2 The dust storage silo shall be of covered cylindrical type MS fabricated
with minimum 8 mm thick plates. The bottom height of the hopper of
the silo shall be minimum 4.5 m to allow for the entry of the dumper.
The storage silo shall have minimum 48 h of dust storage capacity.
3.4.5.3 The drag chain conveyor shall be of Double chain, single flight type. It
shall have forged chains with sprocket & chain strippers. The minimum
capacity of the drag chain conveyor below ESPs shall be 20 tph. The
capacity of the pug mill shall also be minimum 20 tph. The pug mill shall
be provided with necessary water pipelines with valves, etc.
3.4.5.4 Necessary provisions shall be kept in the ESP hoppers to manually
evacuate the dust from the hoppers in case of non-functioning RAV.
3.4.6 Dampers :
Existing Multi Louver Damper will be replaced with new multi louvre
dampers at both inlet and outlet side of the existing ID fans.

3.5 UTILITIES & SERVICES


3.5.1 Air-Conditioning & Ventilation System
3.5.1.1 Package Type Air-Conditioning System
The Package type air-conditioning system shall be self-contained,
autonomous type, comprising of energy efficient compressor, shell and
tube type condenser, copper tube-copper fin evaporator, centrifugal
blower, drive motors, control equipment, sheet steel cabinet, washable
HDPE air filter, expansion valves and all control equipment. The package
air-conditioners shall conform to IS: 8148-2003.
Internal conditions to be maintained are: +24 + 2oC and 50% + 5%
(R.H.) throughout the year.
1) Strip Heater
Strip heater shall be used for winter heating and dehumidification
and shall be suitable for 415 V, 3 ph, 50 Hz AC power.
2) Humidifier
Spray / pan type humidifier shall be used for humidification.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.8
System, BSP
3) Control & Measuring Instruments
The air-conditioning system as envisaged in the specification shall
be complete with all measuring and control equipment required for
smooth and efficient working of the system. The control system shall
include thermostatic expansion valves in refrigerant circuit, globe
valve, rotameter, flow switch in the condenser water line, HP / LP cut
out of the compressor, duplex type pot strainer & magnetiser in the
condenser water line, thermometers, etc.
4) Refrigerant and Water Piping
All refrigerant piping shall be of seamless heavy duty, high quality
copper (99.9%), whereas, condenser water piping shall be medium
duty / class B, ERW G.I. conforming to IS: 1239 (Part-1)-2004.
5) Ducting
For uniform distribution of cooled air in the rooms, it is proposed to
install insulated supply air-duct equipped with volume control
dampers and adjustable louvers. For taking back return air into air-
handling unit, the plenum between roof and false ceiling shall act as
return air-duct or separate return air duct shall be installed as per
design. Duct shall be fabricated at site and as per site condition. The
following minimum norms shall be adopted for design and
fabrication of duct work for Air-conditioning system:
i) Material: Galvanised mild steel sheet conforming to IS-
277(Grade III)-2003.
ii) Standard to be followed: IS: 655-2006.
iii) Profile of the duct shall be designed for equal pressure at all
points throughout the length of the duct.
iv) Turning guide vanes shall be provided internally, wherever
required.
v) Manually operated adjustable dampers shall be provided at
each branching point and before each supply air grill.
vi) Spring loaded fusible link fire damper at the main duct.
vi) Supply air duct shall be connected to the fan/package unit
through flexible canvas duct to prevent transmission of
vibration into duct-network.
vii) First 5 m. of supply air duct near package A/C shall be
acoustically insulated.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.9
System, BSP
viii) The entire length of duct shall be insulated externally with 50
mm thick thermal insulation, like resin bonded fiber glass/ glass
wool, covered with tar felt and finished with aluminum foil.
ix) If the duct is exposed to atmosphere then together with
thermal insulation as mentioned above, the duct shall be
plastered with sand and cement. If site conditions demand,
water proof canopy shall be provided over exposed duct.
6) Grills and Diffusers
The grills and diffusers shall be fabricated from M.S sheet of suitable
thickness. All supply air grills shall be rectangular/circular type with
adjustable louvers, whereas return air grill shall be fixed type and
fresh air grills shall be adjustable type with wire mesh filter.
7) Vibration Isolators
Suitable vibration isolating pads shall be provided by the Bidder
below package A/C, and drive motor base to prevent transfer of
undue vibration to the concrete floor/building.
8) First Charge of Refrigerant & Lubricating oil
The proposed package unit shall be supplied with first charge of
refrigerant and lubrication oil. Refrigerant shall be either R134(A)
or R407. Lubricating oil shall be of standard quality and grade as
marketed by Indian Oil Corporation.
9) Pumps For Condenser Water Circulation
Horizontal split casing, centrifugal pump sets, complete with drive
motor, valves, etc. The pump sets shall have cast steel body and
internals. The pump sets shall conform to the norms stipulated in
IS: 5120-1977 and IS:9137-1978. The capacity and head of
condenser water pump sets shall depend upon pressure drop
across condenser, valves, strainers, pipe fittings and in the pipe
line. All pump sets shall be installed in a room near / below
cooling tower.
10) Cooling Tower
For cooling the condenser water, it is proposed to install FRP
cooling tower of matching capacity. The cooling tower shall be
rugged and structurally strong to withstand the storm and high
wind velocity. The cooling tower shall be fitted with make-up
water and quick fill connection with float valve, drain out pipes
with valves, over flow pipes and all other essential

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.10
System, BSP
fittings/accessories. The cooling tower shall have minimum one
working cell and one stand-by cell.
11) Painting
All mild steel equipment, structures grills, pipes, etc., shall be
suitably painted with two coats of red-oxide primer and finished
with two coats of finished paint. The Bidder should strictly follow
standard colors codes for suction and discharge refrigerant pipes,
condenser water pipes, etc., for quick and easy identification.
Colours of the grills shall match with the interior decor of control
room/painting of walls.
3.5.1.2 Ventilation Systems (Washed air ventilation system)
1) Design Conditions
The design consideration for dry pressurized ventilation system is as
follows:
a) Heat load – Bidder to decide
b) Quantity: – Bidder to Design
c) Capacity: – Bidder to Design
d) Fan speed: <1000 rpm
e) Head: >10 mmWC
f) The Bidder shall size ventilation systems based on actual solar &
internal heat load of room, or at least 25 air changes per hour,
whichever is higher. Bidder to consider factor of safety of 10%.
g) Allowable temperature rise is +3C from ambient temperature.
h) To prevent ingress of dust, all dry pressurised ventilated premises will
be maintained at a pressure (+) 2 mmWC above atmospheric pressure.
2) The washed air ventilation system shall comprise of air intake louver,
automatic viscous type self-cleaning filter, double bank opposed spray
air washing unit, intermediate service chambers, PVC water droplet
eliminator, inlet manually operated damper, LL-design centrifugal fans,
drive motors, water circulating pump sets with motors (one working +
one stand by) , MCC, GI, sheet metal ducting, adjustable supply air
grills, gravity type exhaust air grills, cables, GI pipes and other
accessories.
3) Air washing unit shall be modular design. The complete air-washing
unit except fan shall be housed in a MS sheet steel (3mm thick) box and
along with its drive motor shall be mounted outside cushy foot type on
vibration isolators. The fan and air washing unit shall be connected

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.11
System, BSP
through flexible canvas connection. The air washer tank shall be made
of 5 mm M.S. sheet.
4) The centrifugal fan can be either forward curved or backward curved
depending on static pressure required for overcoming pressure loss in
the duct. The fan casing shall be fabricated from MS sheet steel not
less than 3mm thick. The fan shall be factory tested for static and
dynamic balancing.
5) Automatic viscous filter shall be fabricated from M.S. flexible wire mesh
and shall have filtration efficiency 99.9% down to 10 micron. The filter
unit shall be fitted with automatic slurry cleaning device. Drive unit of
viscous filter shall be continuous rated heavy duty type.
6) The water spraying nozzles shall be staggered in double bank, apposed
spray configuration for maximum cooling effect.
7) Water droplet eliminator shall be designed for high efficiency and shall
be made of PVC material.
8) Each air washing unit shall be supplied with 2 nos circulating pump sets
(one working + one stand by). .
9) The washed air ventilation system shall also include fixed type fresh air
grills, adjustable supply air grills, gravity type exhaust air grills, ducting,
water piping, valves etc.
10) The system shall include all electrics like, MCC, power and control
cables, conduits, installation accessories, local starters etc. The MCC
shall comprise of moulded case circuit breakers of 40KA rupturing
capacity and other electrics shall be as per details given in the electrical
chapter of the contract.
11) The washed air ventilation system shall be non-circulating type, once
through system shall be housed in a separate room adjacent to main
electrical substation/MCC rooms at ground floor or at suitable
elevation.
12) The ventilation system shall be designed considering 20 air changes or
heat load or building, whichever is higher.
13)
14) Over-pressure Gravity Louvers
15) Required louver area is to be designed by the bidder. MOC of louver
shall be MS sheet, finished with 2 coats of red oxide painting and two
coats of finished paints matching to the interior decor.
3.5.1.3 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
The following types of fire-fighting system shall be installed.
i) Portable fire extinguishers
ii) Passive fire protection of electrical cables
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.12
System, BSP
1. Portable Fire Extinguishers
In order to combat any occurrence of fire a network of portable fire
extinguishers shall be provided in all the premises as per the relevant
codes and practices adopted by the Indian Standards /fire protection
manuals of Tariff Advisory Committee. The list of premises along with
the type of firefighting Equipment shall be indicated in the offer.

a) Type of Portable Fire Extinguishers Envisaged


Sl. No. Unit / Area Type of fire extinguishers
with size CO2 4.5 kg Clean DCP 6 KG
capacity agent capacity
6Kg
capacity
1 Control 4 (minimum) 2 --
Room (minimu
m)
2 MCC/Panel 2 (minimum) 4 --
Room (minimu
m)
3 Central 2 (minimum) -- 2 (minimum)
Exhaust fan
station
The portable fire extinguishers shall conform to the following technical
specification:
• The selection and distribution of Fire extinguishers shall be as per IS
2190:2010.
• All the extinguishers shall be as per IS: 15683: 2018 and ISI marked.
• The detailed specification of each type of fire extinguisher is
mentioned below:
Carbon dioxide type fire extinguisher: CO2 type fire extinguishers
4.5 kg capacity manufactured and tested as per IS-15683:2018 and ISI
marked with initial charge having minimum 34 B fire rating. Seamless
steel body cylinder shall conform to IS-7285 with ISI mark. ISI marked
squeeze grip valve (IS 3224) of brass material, Stainless Steel valve
lever, stainless steel safety pin with lead seal, aluminum siphon tube,
wire braided rubber hose having bursting pressure not less than 275
kgf/cm2, HDPE horn along with an integrated handle with rubber grip
to prevent cold burns, wall mounting bracket screws, the extinguisher
shall be painted with high glossy Polyurethane PO red color with black
band. Manufacturing date of Cylinder shall not be more than 6 months

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.13
System, BSP
old as on the date of supply. Certificate from PESO issued by Chief
Controller of Explosives pertaining to the batch and mentioning the
unique serial number shall be provided along with supply.
Clean gas agent fire extinguisher: Clean agent fire extinguisher 06
kg capacity manufactured and tested as per IS:15683-2018 & ISI
marked, filled with UL listed HFC-236fa (CF3CH2CF3) as initial charge
pressurized with dry nitrogen, fabricated with mild steel (IS 513) & ISI
marked, deep drawn two piece body with no vertical weld and treated
internally with anticorrosive treatment and externally shall be painted
with Pure Polyester anti-corrosion Powder paint PO red color, CE
marked squeeze grip type brass forging valve (IS 6912) with nickel
chromium plated, stainless steel safety pin with lead seal, pressure
gauge CE mark, minimum 400 mm transparent high pressure
nylon/EPDM black rubber hose of bursting pressure not less than 40
kg/cm2 along with suitable applicator, material of siphon tube shall
be of brass, minimum class A rating of 2A & class B rating of 55B, the
extinguisher shall be provided with a green band and supplied along
with wall mounting bracket and screws complete.
Dry chemical powder Fire Extinguisher: DCP Fire Extinguisher, gas
cartridge type, capacity 6 kg, filled with UL listed Urea Based Potassium
bicarbonate powder, manufactured and tested as per IS 15683: 2018
and ISI marked with minimum class B rating of 144B, squeeze grip type
valve made of brass forging (IS 6912) with nickel chromium plated “CE”
marked, hollow piercing device, safety pressure release device,
Stainless Steel valve leaver, stainless steel safety pin with lead seal, ‘O’
ring shall be provided between valve and cylinder, minimum 2 mm gap
shall be provided between cylinder dome and valve ring when fully
tighten. Deep drawn two piece body with no vertical weld & bottom
ring is cylindrical in shape fabricated with mild steel sheet ( IS: 2062)
with ISI mark, treated internally and externally with polyester powder
coating , fitted with minimum 400 mm transparent high pressure
nylon/EPDM rubber hose of bursting pressure not less than 40
kg/cm2 with brass nozzle and nozzle holder on extinguisher body, the
cartridge is manufactured as per IS: 4947 with ISI marked,
brass forging neck ring, siphon tube brass, extinguisher shall be
painted with fire red color with blue band and provided with wall
mounting brackets & screws, extra 2 nos. of 120 gms CO2 gas
cartridge ISI marked shall be provided with each extinguisher.
Water Hydrant Fire Fighting System

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.14
System, BSP
 For protection of the new de-dusting system premises including ESP
and control room area, fire hydrant system consisting of both internal
and yard hydrants designed as per relevant standard and with a
minimum pressure of 4.5 kgf/cm2 at the remotest point shall be
incorporated. Pumping and water storage facility shall be considered.
 Minimum of two internal hydrants on each floor of the new MCC cum
Control room building preferably located at opposite ends & easily
accessible shall be provided. ISI marked Two nos. of 15 m long hose (IS
636 Type III) with ISI marked SS coupling and plastic reinforced hose
box, SS nozzle and SS branch shall be provided along with fittings for
each internal and yard hydrant.
 ISI marked (IS:5290) landing valve Type-A of SS along with companion
end flange shall be provided.
 Fire brigade inlet with shut off valve shall be provided at suitable
location to pressurize the system in case of failure of fire fighting pumps

Other points
 All the fire extinguisher shall pass vibration test as per IS: 15683: 2018 &
Fire extinguisher shall be capable to mount on vibrating equipment‘s
like cranes & telphers.
 • The fire extinguishers to be placed in conspicuous positions and shall
be readily accessible for immediate use in all parts of the occupancy to
extinguish fire at the early stage. Fire extinguishers should be placed not
more than 15 m from the site of anticipated fire and as far as possible at
exit or stair landing without hindering the escape routes.
 Wall mounted fire extinguishers the bottom of the extinguishers shall be
kept 1000 mm from the ground level (floor). Higher capacity fire
extinguishers shall be located in a place so the mobility of extinguishers
within the area should not be restricted at which it is used. The fire
extinguishers should not be placed in a position where it is likely to gain
heat from the surrounding equipment or process.
 Bidder shall furnish in the tabular form for various size and number of
these portable fire extinguishers, which shall be provided for different
units/ area and list to be submitted along with their offer.
 Additional 10% portable fire extinguishers of each categories shall be
also included in scope of supply for maintenance and replacement
purposes.
 Necessary tools, spanners etc. required for regular operation/
maintenance of the equipment shall be supplied along with the
equipment and shall be mentioned in the offer.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.15
System, BSP
2. Passive fire protection system
Passive fire protection are an integral part of a complete fire protection
system and are essential for prevention of spread of fire through
openings in walls or floors. Following measures shall be provided:
a. Fire Retardant Coating/Painting of cables:
For vertical run of cables & PVC conduits, fire retardant coating will be
provided for the whole length. For horizontal run of cables, 1 m length
of fire retardant coating will be provided at every 20 m interval
wherever cables cross any partition wall, floor or pass through any
opening, coating shall be provided for at least 1 m length on either side.

Specification: The Fire retardant coating / painting shall be in-tumescent


/ ablative, water based compound, supplied in a manufacturer seal
container indicating manufacturing and expiry dates. The coating
material shall be of water based in-tumescent / ablative compound
resistance to hydrocarbon, acid and alkali attack, water and oil
resistance and shall have good mechanical strength. It shall not affect
capacity of cables and shall last the life of the cable
Shelf life: 12 to 18 months in originally packed condition.
Material: Water based in tumescent compound resistant to
hydrocarbons, acid, alkali attacks.
Method of Application: Coating shall be applied by ordinary paint brush
after cleaning the cables of dust and oil deposition. A minimum
textured finish of 1.5 mm dry film thickness shall be achieved by
applying the material a few times leaving intervals of at least 4 hours
between each coat.
b. Sealing of Cable Openings:
Cable fire stops/barriers shall be provided for effective sealing in
following areas:
 Entry/Exit area of cable/cable trays in various compartments of cable
gallery/basement/ tunnels having different fire loads
 Under control panel/any other panel where cables are entering or going
out.
 Openings through walls & floors
These fire stops/barriers shall provide for effective
compartmentalization with a fire rating not less than minimum 2 hrs or
fire rating of compartment itself whichever is more. The sealing system
should be smoke and gas tight, mechanically sound besides being an
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.16
System, BSP
efficient fire stop. It shall be possible to take out cables and provide new
cables from Fire Stops/barriers at site.
Components of Fire Stops/Sealing system: Material shall be such that it
will not create too much heat to affect rating of the cables, heat
dissipation and cables performance under barrier condition. The system
shall be of single component having minimum 2 hrs fire rating. Fire Stop
materials shall have approval/certification from Govt. recognized
laboratories like CBRI Roorkee, RTC, Delhi or ERDA Baroda.
c. Fire stops/barriers shall have the following technical characteristics:
 It shall be completely resistant to moisture, humidity and chemicals and
shall remain, unaffected by oil/lubricant etc.
 The system shall be completely free from shrinkage/cracking and shall
be smoke & gas tight during fire conditions.
 There shall be a provision in the system so that cables can be added or
replaced without difficulty or impairing its fire resistance performance.
 All the constituents of the fire barriers shall be odorless, nonhazardous
and non-toxic. No toxic gases shall be emitted during fire conditions
from the constituents of the fire barriers.
 The system shall not contain any volatile solvents, shall be non-
combustible and free from fire hazard during applications.
 The system shall have impact resistance properties to protect it against
impact/foot traffic loads.
 The system shall be totally resistant to termite, vermin attack and shall
be ant rodent.
 The system shall not affect the current carrying capacity of the cables.
 The system shall have approval of TAC (Tariff Advisory Committee) the
selected equipment shall be UL listed (wherever applicable).
3. Automatic Fire Detection & Alarm System
Automatic Fire Detection & Alarm System shall be provided in the
following areas:
 Electrical premises
 False floors, false ceilings of ESP control rooms under this project
 Other rooms/areas like TR set rooms, TR panel rooms, etc.
The fire detection & alarm system shall be microprocessor based
intelligent addressable type and shall be capable of giving early warning
in case of smoke and fire. The system shall be designed keeping in view
continuous and reliable performance in environment generally
prevailing in Steel Plant complex. The system shall be complete with
Rate-of-Rise Heat detectors, main control panel, repeater panel,

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.17
System, BSP
hooters, response indicators, manual call points, FRLS cables, etc.
Specification shall conform to NFPA/EN norms. The FDA system shall
have a battery backup of minimum 24 hours. The FDA panel shall be
microprocessor based intelligent type and of same make as detector
and networkable.
It shall provide early warning in case of fire so that the same can be
extinguished in time and the whole premises, equipment and lives of
personnel can be saved.
Hot redundancy is preferred in the FACP control unit & other critical
component like CPU, memory, memory control, power supply cards,
RAM etc. to ensure uninterrupted operation of the FDA system. The
standby cards shall perform the entire functions of the system when the
main CPU & other control cards fail without affecting the functioning of
FDA system. Any failure of cards shall be brought to the notice by audio
– visual alarm.
Networking of individual FDA systems shall be established in suitably
designed Ethernet bus which shall be connected to plant wide area
network of BSP to make the alarms available at fire service end of BSP.
Main fire alarm control panel, detectors & all the addressable electronic
components of the FDA system shall be UL listed/LPCB/Vds approved.
All the items as above (except the response indicators and sirens) shall
be supplied from one single manufacturer.
Design, installation, testing of detectors, main panel and other
components shall be done as per latest version of EN-54, NFPA 72 & IS
2189.
The system shall operate on 230 V AC. Main control panel shall have a
display of minimum 600 characters. The system shall have sufficient no.
of loop cards (with 20 % spare) and programmable control modules to
interface with fire extinguishing systems. The detectors shall have
features like device wrapping, environment compensation etc.
3.6 ELECTRICS
3.6.1 Basic Design Parameter for Power Supply System
3.6.1.1 General

Sl. No. Items Specification


1) Power Supply System
LT Voltage 415 V
Voltage variation + 10 %

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.18
System, BSP
Frequency 50 Hz
Frequency Variation +5%
Fault level at 415 V 50 kA for 1 sec
2) Control Supply for LT 240V AC
3.6.1.2 All the equipment & components shall be located in hot, humid, tropical
and dusty atmosphere in an adverse industrial environment as prevalent
in Sinter Plant /Blast Furnace area of BSP. For the purpose of equipment
design, the ambient conditions are to be considered as 50o C ambient
temperature & 100% maximum relative humidity. All equipment shall be
de-rated for 50oC if not designed for 50oC.
3.6.1.3 All equipment shall be suitable for continuous operation delivering
rated output without affecting system performance under such variation
in power supply as stated above.
3.6.1.4 All equipment shall conform to the Technical Specification, in case of
any deviation same has to be explicitly spelt out, specifically discussed
and mutually agreed upon between the Bidder and the Employer.
3.6.1.5 Standards

1. The electrical equipment/ items shall be designed, manufactured,


installed and tested in accordance with latest IS/ IEC, as applicable to
respective equipment.
2. All equipment/ items shall generally comply with the latest revision of
the following Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 (latest revision).
3. Indian Electricity Act, 1910 (latest revision).
3.6.1.6 All equipment/ items shall also comply with the statutory requirements
of the Government of India, the Government of Chattishgarh.
3.6.1.7 The Bidder shall follow the safety rules of BSP and shall take clearance
before starting the work, from BSP to ensure compliance to rules and
extant practice.
3.6.1.8 Design and selection of equipment/ items shall be done taking into
consideration of easy inspection, testing, maintenance, cleaning etc., to
be carried out at site without disrupting process or taking prolonged
shutdowns.
3.6.2 Technical Specification of Equipment
3.6.2.1 Power cum Motor Control Centre (PMCC)

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.19
System, BSP
PMCC shall be designed with ACB as incomer. Two nos. of incomer and
one Bus Coupler and with necessary number of outgoing feeders for the
various loads are to be considered for each PMCC.
Technical Particulars of PMCC

1. Reference Standards IS 60947 (Part 1-2004,part 2-2003,


Part 3-1999, Part 4(Sec-1)-2000 and
Part 5 (sec-I- 2003) - Low Voltage
Switchgear and Control gear
IS 8623 (Part 1-3): 1993(Reaffirmed
2008) - Low voltage switchgear and
control gear assemblies
IS 10118 (Pt 1-4)-1982-(Reaffirmed
2006)-Code of practice for selection
,installation and maintenance of
Switch gear and control gear
2. Supply system & variation
Voltage 415 V+10%
Phase 3  & Neutral
Frequency 50 Hz + 5%
3. Neutral system Solidly grounded
4. System Fault level 50 kA (RMS) for 1 second
5. Rated Insulation 2.5 kV for 1 min
Voltage
6. Construction
a) Type of board Single Front Compartmentalized.
b) Degree of IP-54
protection
c) Mounting Vertical, Floor mounted, Free
standing
d) Front access Hinged door
e) Back access & Hinged two part door each not
clearance exceeding 600 mm.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.20
System, BSP
f) Sheet Steel type & Cold Rolled sheet steel, 2mm & 1.6
thickness mm (for door).
g) Paint Shade No.631 (light grey) of IS 5:
2007
h) Cabling Space Side Cable Alley
7. Busbar
a) Main horizontal 3 Phase and neutral (RYBN)
busbar
b) Busbar Material Aluminium Alloy
c) Max. temp. rise 900C
including the specified
ambient temp. and
derating factor if any
d) Busbar Top horizontal
arrangement
e) Power feed to Sleeved busbar dropper
outgoing module
f) Insulation Heat Shrunk PVC Sleeve
g) Short time 50 kA (RMS) for 1 sec
withstand current of
Neutral Bus
h) Short time 50 kA (RMS) for 1 sec
withstand current of
earth bus
i) Colour coding IS 5578: 1984(Reaffirmed 2006)
IS 11353: 1985(Reaffirmed 2007)
j) Clearance between 25 mm (minimum)
Phase & Phase and
Phase & Earth /
Neutral
8. Component Details
8.1 Incomer ACB and Bus Coupler(Two Incomers and One Bus
Coupler)
a) Current rating 1000 A
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.21
System, BSP
b) Rated Interrupting 50kA with Ics=100%Icu
capacity
b) Draw out type Yes
c) Under voltage trip No
d) Short circuit trip Yes
e) Over load trip Yes
f) Earth fault trip Yes
ACBs shall have self-powered microprocessor based release
and release shall be settable at site. The incomer panels shall
have Ammeters, Ammeter Selector Switch (ASS), Voltmeter,
Voltmeter Selector Switch (VSS) and indication lamps.
b) Bus Coupler MCCB 415V,1000A(50kA)-1 no.
8.2 Outgoing feeders shall have MCCB/ MPCB (All motors feeders
below 15kW shall have MPCB (50kA s.c rating), contactor and
thermal overload relays.
8.3 Technical parameters of MCCB /MPCBs for outgoing feeders
a) Rated Interrupting 50 kA (RMS)
capacity (symmetrical)
b) Current limiting Yes, for all motor feeders.
type
c) Capacity to protect Type 2 Co-ordination IS60947 (Part
downstream 4/Sec 1): 2000
equipment
8.4 Contactor
a) Utilisation Category AC3 for non-reversible feeders and
AC4 for reversible feeders.
b) Coil voltage (VR) 240V AC
c) Drop out voltage 50 %VR
d) Pick up 85-110 % VR
e) Auxiliary Contacts 2 NO + 2 NC, 10A, 240 V AC
& rating

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.22
System, BSP
f) overload relay Thermal overload relay/Electronic
Motor Protection Relay (EMPR).
All motors above 15kW shall be with
EMPR
8.5 Wiring
a) Power Circuit Insulated (1.1 kV) Flexible Copper
Wire / strip
b) Control circuit Copper 2.5 mm2 multi strand PVC
wire, insulated
8.6 Control Transformer 2 no. with auto and manual change
over.
8.7 Indication lamps LED cluster with luminous intensity
min. 100 mcd.
8.8 CT & PT As required
8.9 Ammeter For incomer & all motor feeders of
15kW or above rating.
8.10 Voltmeters For incomer

3.6.2.2 Technical Specifications of LT Motors


Sl. Specific aspects Technical features
No.
1. Type of motor Squirrel Cage Induction Motor (SCIM)
2. Duty Unidirectional drives shall be of
continuous duty;
Duty cycle of the motors shall be
selected as per the process
requirement and the Bidder shall
specifically bring out in the offer the
selected duty cycle of each motor.
Operating ambient temperature of
500C
3. Name plate To be provided with Power rating
4. Degree of protection
for enclosure IP 55
5. Rated voltage
Ra Rated voltage variation 415V, + 10%
(%)
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.23
System, BSP
Sl. Specific aspects Technical features
No.
6. (a) Rated frequency
(b) Rated frequency 50 Hz + 5%
variation (%)
7. Class of insulation Squirrel Cage Induction Motor : Class
F with temperature rise limited to
class B
8. Temperature rise 700C over the ambient
9. Method of starting
DOL
10. Starting current in 600 %
percentage of Rated
current (Ist / Ir) for
DOL start
11. Power factor at rated 0.85 (minimum)
voltage and load
12. Safe stall time at 100% 5–10 sec more than locked rotor
rated voltage withstand time
a) Hot condition
b) Cold condition
13. Motor characteristics The motor characteristics shall match
with the characteristics of driven
equipment for the desired starting
and acceleration
14. Thermal time constant 45 minutes
15. No. of starts/ hour for 150
reversible motors
16. Minimum permissible 85% of rated voltage
voltage at starting
(with full load) for DOL
start
17. Permissible running 5 minutes
time with full load at
min. (75%) allowable
voltage

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.24
System, BSP
Sl. Specific aspects Technical features
No.
18. Transient recovery The motor shall be capable to
accelerate with load to rated
operating point after temporary
system disturbance for 0.2 sec and
sudden restoration to 70% of rated
voltage
19. IC 411, TEFC;
Method of cooling Motors for VFD application shall have
the method of cooling recommended
by VFD manufacturer
20. Direction of rotation Bi-direction
21. Winding Material Copper
22. Winding connection Delta
23. Overload 200% for 15 seconds
24. Adequate tropical Yes
protection against
fungus, corrosion etc.
25. Degree of protection IP 55
for terminal box
26. Fault withstand current 50 kA for 0.25 Sec
and time for terminal
box
27. Grounding pads Each motor frame shall have two
distinct grounding pads, one on each
side and complete with tapped hole &
bolt
Testing of Motors

The following tests shall be carried out by the Bidder in the presence
of Employer/ Consultant unless otherwise waived in writing by
Employer.
i) The type tests and routine tests shall be carried out as per IS 325:
1996.
ii) No-load test, reduced voltage running up test, locked rotor test,
insulation resistance test and high voltage test shall also be
carried out.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.25
System, BSP
Type tests certificates shall be provided for similar ratings.
3.6.2.3 Control Desk
1) General:
Control desk shall have all switches (for selection of modes & actuation),
push buttons for remote operation of the system along with other
facilities indication lamps for motor ON/OFF and TRIP, Ammeters etc.
Control desk shall be housed in Control Room.
The Control Desk shall also have Push Button for Start/Stop operation
of HT ID fan motor from control desk and selector switch for selection
of mode of operation from local control station near ID fan/control
desk.
2) Construction:
 Control desks shall be free standing, floor mounted, totally enclosed,
dust & vermin proof, bench board type construction having degree of
protection of IP-54.
 Control desk shall be of folded sheet steel construction fabricated out of
cold rolled sheet steel of thickness not less than 2 mm and free from all
surface defects.
 The complete structure shall be rigid, self-supporting, free from twists &
dents. All cut-outs for mounting of components shall be true in shape
and devoid of sharp edges.
 The control desks shall be provided with hinged doors of width not
exceeding 600 mm (with in-built locking arrangement and handle) on
the rear side.
 To have access to the wiring & maintenance of components mounted
on control desk hinged covers made out of sheet steel thickness not
less than 2 mm shall be provided.
 Cable gland plates of removable type shall be provided at the bottom of
the control desk. These shall be of sheet steel of thickness not less than
2.0 mm.
3) Control and Selector Switches:
 Control and selector switches shall be of rotary type with escutcheon
plates clearly marked to show the function and positions. The switches
shall be of sturdy construction suitable for mounting on panel front.
Switches with shrouding of live parts and sealing of contacts against
dust ingress shall be preferred.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.26
System, BSP
 Contacts of the switches shall be spring assisted and shall be of suitable
material to give a long, trouble free service.
 Each position of the control and selector switches shall have minimum
two contacts per position indicated with one working and the others left
as spare properly wired up to the terminal strip of the panel.
4) Push Buttons:
 Push button shall be spring return push to actuate type and rated to
make, continuously carry and break 10A, 220V, AC. 10A, 220V DC push
Button shall be provided for ON/OFF operation of HT ID Fan Motor. The
push buttons shall have 2 NO and 2 NC contacts. All contact faces of
contacts shall be of silver or silver alloy.
 All push button shall be provided with integral escutcheon plates
marked with its function.
 The colour of push buttons shall be follows:
Green For motor Start,
Red For motor Stop,
Black For all annunciator functions, reset and
miscellaneous.
 Red push-button shall always be located to the right of green push-
buttons for any drive.
5) Name Plates and Labels:
 Each panel shall be provided with prominent, engraved identification
name plates subject to Employers approval.
6) Terminal Blocks:
 Terminal blocks shall be of 650 volts grade, rated for 10 Amps and in
one piece moulding. They shall be complete with insulating barriers,
clip-on-type terminals, and identification strips. Marking or labels on
terminal blocks shall correspond to their identification or wiring
diagrams.
 All terminal blocks shall be suitable for terminating on each side, two
(2) nos. 2.5 mm2 size stranded copper conductors. Not more than two
(2) wires shall be connected to any terminal.
 All terminals shall be numbered for identification and grouped
according to the function.
 Twenty (20) percent spare terminals shall be provided, distributed over
all terminal blocks.
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.27
System, BSP
7) Wiring
 All internal wiring shall be carried out with 650 V grade, single core,
2.5.mm2, stranded copper wires with colour coded PVC insulation.
Space heater circuits shall have wires having adequate current carrying
capacity, but the size shall be not less than 2.5 mm2 copper wire. Colour
shall be identified for AC/DC.
 Internal termination of stranded conductors shall be made with
solderless crimping type tinned copper lugs which shall firmly grip the
conductor. Insulating sleeves shall be provided over the exposed part of
lugs.
8) Space heater and lighting
 Space heaters shall be provided in the panels wherever the
manufacturer considers them necessary and recommends their
provision for preventing harmful moisture condensation.
 The space heaters shall be suitable for continuous operation on 230V,
AC, 50 Hz, single phase supply and shall be automatically controlled by
thermostat.
 Each free standing control panel/desk section shall have a 230 V, AC,
plug point and incandescent lamp operated by door switch.
 Necessary isolating switches and fuses/ MCBs shall be provided for
space heater, illumination & plug point circuit.
3.6.2.4 Transformer Rectifier Sets
Codes and Standards: Transformers shall conform to IS:2026. All
other equipment/ accessories shall conform to relevant Indian
Standards. The transformer oil shall meet the fire safety requirement
specified in paragraph 450-23 of National Electrical Code.
Input
Voltage 415 volts, 50 Hz
Variation +/-10% in Voltage
+/-5% in frequency
+/-10% combined for
voltage & frequency
(absolute sum)
Output
Waveform of output voltage Full wave, controlled

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.28
System, BSP
Load Electrostatic precipitator (ESP)
General
Method of Cooling Oil Natural Convection
cooling
Duty Continuous Operation (24
hrs. a day)
Installation Indoor (with HT output
bushing
enclosed in metal duct)
Major Operation HV DC current maintained
constant
Feedbacks for operation: a) HV DC voltage feedback
for under voltage,
overvoltage sensing and
indication.
b) HV DC current feedback
for current limit, spark and
arc sensing and
measurement.

Protections: a) Linear reactor for limiting


short circuit current on
primary side
b) Air Cored high frequency
choke for limiting di/dt of
HV Rectifier diodes on
secondary side.
c) The winding of the
transformer is electro
statically shielded to
protect against any
sudden voltage surge
during ESP operation
d) Equipment is provided
with gas alarm/ trip
(Buchholz Relay-Top Float
Alarm/Bottom Float

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.29
System, BSP
Alarm.) & Oil temperature
alarm/trip protection.
e) Pressure Release Valve
Rectifiers Type Silicon diode rectifiers, oil
immersed full wave bridge
configuration, with transient
suppression voltage
equalization network
Enclosure IP 55
HT Bushing Horizontally mounted and
enclosed in sheet metal
enclosure fitted with earthing
switch having castle key
interlock facility
Max. Rise Top Oil 50 deg C
Temperature Design 50 deg C
Ambient
% Impedance Vendor to furnish
Form Factor To be specified by Vendor

Equipment Description
Type: Silicone oil filled, free standing transformer rectifier assemblies in
steel housing with HV disconnector and ground switch.
Tank: Welded type construction. CRCA sheet steel minimum 5/6mm.
Thick will be used for Tank fabrication The Transformer tank will be
tested for vacuum withstand capability fitted with radiator, bushing etc.
for 250 mm. of mercury column. The tank shall be cleaned by shot
blasting and inside painted with two coats of heat resistant oil insulating
paint Tank cover shall be provided with bidirectional skids, lifting lugs
and four jacking pads
Core: High grade non aging cold rolled grain oriented (CRGO) silicon
sheet steel laminations 0.23/0.27mm. thick to reduce no load losses to
minimum
Winding: Electrolytic grade copper conductor duly insulated with Class
A insulation
Oil: The transformer oil shall be nontoxic and shall have high flash point
(above 300 deg.C)

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.30
System, BSP
Conservator: The conservator shall be provided to accommodate the
space for expansion & contraction of transformer oil at different
atmospheric conditions. It should be fitted with the following
i) Level Indicator
ii) Silica gel Breather
iii) Oil filling pipe with cap
iv) drain valve
v) Temperature Indicator: Dial Type Oil Temperature Indicator with alarm
and trip contact
Fittings:
i) Detachable Pressed Steel Radiator with isolation valve
ii) Base Channel with Roller
iii) Inspection Window.
iv) Base Channel with Roller
v) Explosion Vent
vi) Earthing Terminals
vii) Rating and Diagram Plate
viii) Marshalling Box (Degree of protection IP 54, provided with
thermostatically controlled space heaters
ix) Input/ Output Terminal Box
x) LT Connection Cable Box (Degree of protection IP-54)
xi) Bushings made of porcelain.
3.6.2.5 Transformer Rectifier (TR) control units
1. The Electrostatic Precipitator Integrated Controller system shall be
microprocessor based Ethernet version control system for electrostatic
precipitator. It shall include a web server for easy access from a PC with
a web browser.
2. The unit can operate as one stand-alone unit. One single unit shall be
used to control one bus section in an electrostatic precipitator. An ESP
master function inside each unit shall be used to facilitate the system
operation. In addition a separate PC-MTU software shall be installed in
the PC and utilized for monitoring a multiple installation (MTU =
Monitoring Terminal Unit).
3. The microprocessor based unit shall be used for regulation, control and
optimisation of the electric power input to electrostatic precipitators.
The unit shall maintain the spark rate at a suitable level for large
variations of gas temperature, dust composition, gas flow, etc. It shall
regulate the rectifier in such a way that the current through the
electrostatic precipitator is corrected as the conditions for sparking

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.31
System, BSP
change. The whole operation can be monitored via the web browser,
PC-MTU and host computer
4. Alarms - When operational conditions are out of range the unit shall
generate warnings or tripping alarms. Alarm information is given on the
web server and monitored and reset via the web browser. If the PC-MTU
software is used the alarm status will be indicated here too.
5. Modes - Operating modes can be pre-defined and then selected for
each individual unit.
6. ESP Master Function - The unit shall have a ESP Master function which
means that one unit defined as ESP master unit, can control all units in
the Ethernet system for one ESP and thereby achieve greater total ESP
performance.
7. The unit shall comprise of but not limited to the following:
a. Primary AC voltmeter, ammeter
b. Precipitator DC voltmeter, ammeter
c. Main ON & HT ON indication
d. Alarm warning indication
e. ON/ OFF Push buttons
f. Local remote selection
g. Mechanical key interlock
h. ON/OFF/ TRIP indication including same no. of spares for all rapper
motors
i. Time totaliser
j. Displays of motor protection relay
8. Latest configuration PC as per the requirement for programming of TR
control units with necessary licensed version of application &
programming softwares shall also be considered.
3.6.2.6 Local Control Stations
1) Material Sheet steel (CRCA)
1.6 mm thick
2) Mounting Wall / structure mounted
3) Enclosure class IP-55
4) Door opening Hinged type front door opening
5) Cable gland Removable undrilled.
To be provided on both top and bottom.
6) Internal wiring 2.5 mm, single core, stranded, black PVC

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.32
System, BSP
insulated copper conductor
7) No. of As per scheme requirement
components
like ON/OFF
push buttons,
selector
switches etc.
8) Contact All the components like ON/OFF PBs;
Details of selector switches etc. shall have 2 NO+2 NC
components contacts of 10 A rating
9) Stop push Stop push button shall be :-
button details RED in colour.
Mushroom headed.
Press to lock and turn to release type.
10) Start push Start push button shall be GREEN in colour,
button details Shrouded type.
11) Indication High Density LED
lamp Details
12) Location of Local/Remote Selector Switches shall be
selector installed in the LCS
switches
13) Terminal -shall be able to terminate wires of 2.5 sq.
Blocks mm. size
-Not more than two wires shall be
terminated in a single terminal block.
-Shall be mounted on D channels
-30% spare terminals shall be provided.
14) Miscellaneous LCS shall act as field junction Box also for
wiring termination of Lt. switches, etc.
15) Provision of For motors of more than 45kW ammeters
Ammeter along with 4 position selector switches shall
be provided.
16) Earthing Earthing studs shall be provided on two
opposite sides.
Internally the earthing studs shall be
connected with the body through green
colour PVC insulated copper flexible wire.
17) Paint Shade no. 631 of IS: 5 - 2007
3.6.2.7 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) system

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.33
System, BSP
True on-line parallel redundant UPS system of adequate rating shall be
provided for continuous & regulated AC power supply to the following
critical loads, under normal and abnormal conditions.
Coordinated changeover to bypass takes place if the battery bank
voltage goes beyond the minimum critical level to be included. In the
static bypass and service bypass modes of operation, the supply shall be
made through a SSVS of suitable capacity for better stability of supply
to be included
- Automation equipment
- All critical instrumentation items.
The UPS system shall consist of a system control cabinet, UPS Modules
and a back-up battery unit. The UPS and battery shall meet the
requirement as given in the following Table:

a. Standards
Uninterruptible Power systems
IEC – 62040-1&2 (2004)
(UPS)
b. Type of UPS
Type Electronically regulated, on-line
SMF VRLA type battery will be provided.
Two sets of parallel redundant UPS will be
provided. One in caster building and another
in substation building.
In any case no UPS shall be loaded more than
80% of its capacity
Configuration A parallel redundant system comprising of
two UPS modules which are paralleled at the
output. Both UPS modules shall have the
same priority and are equally sharing the total
load while 50% of the nominal power rating of
either unit shall not be exceeded.
A common battery bank shall be provided.
c. Operation a) Normal operation: Each part of the overall
modes system is available with any power sources in
tolerance. Both, rectifiers -and inverters units

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.34
System, BSP
are sharing the total output power. Bypass
source is stand-by and acting as
synchronisation source.
b) Power failure on one module: This particular
UPS module switches to stand-by operation
while the other one will carry the full load.
c) Power failure on both modules: Both
modules call up battery operation
simultaneously and discharge the battery
bank equally yet still delivering 50% of the
total output power. Co-ordinated changeover
to bypass takes place if the battery capacity is
completely used up.

d) System fault on one module: The


concerned module is immediately set to
stand-by mode while the remaining one takes
the full load without disturbing it.
e) Overload condition: Both modules are
capable to continuously supply 100% of their
nominal rating which equals to 200% overall
power performance. In case this value is
exceeded and after the given overload profile
an uninterruptible transfer to bypass mains
would occur by closing both static bypass
switches simultaneously.

Coordinated changeover to bypass takes


place if the battery bank voltage goes beyond
the min. critical level- shall be considered
UPS will parallel redundant alongwith static by
pass line which will be receiving raw power via
isolation transformer and SSVS. In UPS output
a changeover switch is provided between UPS
power and static by pass power..

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.35
System, BSP
Service UPS shall be located inside a ventilated room
conditions or enclosure in which the following conditions
apply:

Maximum ambient air 50 °C


temperature
Relative humidity not 95% non
exceeding condensing
Batteries should be located in a suitably
conditioned environment separate from the
UPS.
d. Input power 415 V (+10%, -15%), 3 phase, 4 wire, 50Hz
supply (+/- 6%), 50 kA rms, solidly earthed system
with variations as defined in TS. Matching
input transformer with taps at +/- 2.5% , +/-
5% , +/- 10%.
e. Rectifier and Inverter Specifications
Power The Bidder shall select kVA rating suitable for
the application and submit sizing calculations
for Employer’s approval during engineering.
Rectifier type IGBT
Rectifier As per requirement of battery and inverter, to
output be indicated by Bidder during engineering
Inverter
PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) technology
shall be used to convert DC back to AC. IGBT
(Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors) should be
applied for the power stacks. The inverter shall
be short circuit proven and have nominal
output voltage and frequency as specified in
below. An isolation transformer shall provide
galvanic isolation between the DC- and AC-
power circuits. for best immunity to
disturbance

Output 1 phase, 2 wire AC 230 V, 50 Hz, suitable for


BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.36
System, BSP
required nos. of 230V, single phase outgoing
feeders
Voltage +1% nominal
regulation

Frequency + 0.1 % free running


stability
Load power 0.8
factor
Rated Rated output continuous current for specified
output load p.f shall be indicated by Bidder during
continuous engineering
current
Output The waveform of the output voltage shall be
waveform sinusoidal with a relative harmonic content not
exceeding 4% for linear- and 5% for non-linear
loads (according IEC 62040-3) with any
individual harmonic < 3%
Overall >95% minimum
efficiency
Voltage </= +/-2.5% for linear load and
adjustability </=+/- 5% for non linear load.
Phase 5% maximum with 100% load unbalance
voltage and
phase angle
unbalance
(for 3ph.
UPS)
Overload 1000 for 1ms
rating
F. Battery Specifications
Type Maintenance free, inverter grade battery. The
battery voltage and capacity shall be such as to
fulfil the inverter input power requirements
when the inverter is delivering its rated kVA
output at specified power factor.
The batteries should be located separately from
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.37
System, BSP
the UPS unit in a suitably air conditioned
environment on freestanding support racks,
which shall be of steel. Steel racks shall have a
plastic or epoxy coating to provide suitable
protection against the effects of electrolyte
spillage.
Back-up 30 minutes
time
Battery condition monitoring and protection
system shall be provided
g. Environment & Constructional features of UPS panel
Mounting Indoor, floor mounted, free standing
Enclosure Sheet steel enclosure of minimum thickness
2.5mm, IP 41 enclosure protection
Cooling The unit shall be self-ventilated. The unit shall
be capable of continuously delivering its rated
output, without switching to bypass mode
under normal operating conditions, with any
one forced air ventilation fan out of service
(N+1 redundancy). Under the latter conditions,
the maximum specified temperature of
components shall not be exceeded.
H. Protection Features
Rectifier -Current limiting to maximum value.
-Reduced setting of current limiting value
when cooling system failure occurs
Current limiting during boost charging & float
charging
Control power supply failure
Any other protection as required for particular
application.
Inverter Unit High or low output voltage
High or low link voltage
Over current on rectifier output
Over current on inverter output
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.38
System, BSP
Low battery voltage
Cooling fan failure
Auxiliary supply failure
Control & regulation failure
Any other protection as required for particular
application
Provision of contacts shall be kept in the UPS panel for
annunciation of abnormal operation/ alarm condition in any
other operator panel/ annunciation panel.
UPS system shall also have RS-232 serial communication port
interface capacity for alarm and status monitoring at
supervisory control station.
I. Control, Indication/ Annunciation, Meters
Annunciation/ At least the following indications, in the form
alarms of LED/LCDs and/or measuring instruments,
shall be provided on the front outside panel
of the unit to enable verification of the
operational status of the UPS. Additionally
these indications should be available for
remote signalling via the serial interface
specified

 Rectifier input supply available.


 Alternative/bypass supply available.
 Rectifier on Battery operation.
 Inverter on. Load
 Inverter/bypass synchronised.
 Battery on high rate charge (if
specified).
 Inverter output within tolerance.
 Status of input-, battery- and output
MCCBs or switches.
Mimic display LED based block mimic diagram shall be
provided on the UPS panels indicating the

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.39
System, BSP
complete status of the system including the
power route to the UPS, output and other
system elements which are in energized state
of operation
Metering Output voltage
Output frequency
Ammeters
Ammeters for battery charging/ discharging
Operation & Microprocessor based with fault diagnostic
control of UPS and data logging features
system Touch- membrane switches along with LCD
display on the front side of UPS panels shall
be provided to facilitate UPS operation in
desired mode locally and for display of all
input, output and battery parameters
J. Switchgear
Incoming Main circuit switches or MCCBs) shall be of
circuit breaker the independent manually operated air-break
type for continuous duty. Separate sources
through MCCB with inter-locking for UPS
units and By pass (Static/Service)sources shall
be provided.
Earthing An earth bar, with a suitable number of
earthing screws, shall be provided. The earth
rail shall be connected to the structure of the
cabinet, effectively bonding the entire cubicle.
UPS The UPS distribution shall include
Distribution  Main UPS Distribution Board
Board
 Sub-distribution panels located in the
PLC room and control room for various
UPS consumers (as applicable)

3.6.2.8 LT Power & Control Cable and Cable Laying:

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.40
System, BSP
The Cables shall comply with the latest revision of the following Indian
Standard Specifications and to the specific standards mentioned, if any,
in the respective clauses:
IS: 7098 (Part-1) 1988 Cross linked polyethylene insulated PVC
sheathed cables: Part 1 For working voltage
up to and including 1100 V
IS: 8130 - 1984 Conductors for insulated electric cables
and flexible cords
IS: 5831 - 1984 PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables
IS.10810 (Part.1 to 3- Methods of testing of cables
1985, 1981, 1981)
Specification of LT Power, Control and special Cables
Sl.No Technical Specification
1. Grade 1.1 kV grade
2. Core 3 Core for motor feeder, 3.5 for power
feeder
3. Type Heavy duty, XLPE insulated, armoured,
FRLS PVC sheathed.
4. Conductor Power cable: aluminum conductor
Control & lighting cable: 2.5 sq. mm
annealed tinned high conductivity
copper conductor
o
5. Maximum 90 C
conductor
temperature with
rated current
6. Inner Sheath Extruded PVC
7. Armouring GS flat steel armoured
8. Outer Sheath FRLS PVC
o
9. Maximum 200 C
conductor
temperature
withstanding ability
during short circuit.
10. Conductor size Power cable: Maximum 185mm2,
minimum 6mm2 Al/4 mm2 Cu
3.6.2.9 Cable Selection
Power Cables shall be selected considering system fault level, starting
and running current, the distance of load from the source and the type
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.41
System, BSP
of laying of cables, group rating factor for cable. De-rating for
temperature is also to be considered. The voltage drop at the delivery
end of cable shall not be more than 12.5% during starting of the
equipment for power application.
General Technical Aspects
Cable Termination and Jointing: Termination and jointing of cables shall
be made with double compression type brass cable glands and
crimping type cable lugs. Aluminium conductor cables shall be
terminated with aluminium lugs and copper conductor cables shall be
terminated with tinned copper lugs. Straight through joints shall be heat
shrink resin type with complete kits. Termination of cables shall be
made with heat shrink type termination kits of appropriate voltage
grade.
Cable Racks (GI for non-fabricated type)
 Cable racks made of MS angles and flats shall be provided in the
cabling space below the proposed switchgear & remote control panels,
cable trench/ tunnel as required.
 Ladder type cable racks of width 600 mm/ 450mm/ 300mm to be
fabricated from 50 x 50 x 6 mm MS angles for longitudinal members
and 25 x 6mm MS flats for cross members placed at an interval of 300
mm along the length of the rack with a provision of double cross
members at a distance of 600 mm for cable clamping.
 Supporting MS brackets for the support of cable racks shall be provided
at an interval of 1500 mm. Brackets shall be made of 65 x 65 x 6 mm MS
angles.
 MS channel of size (100x50 mm) as inserts shall be given at an interval
of 1500 mm from the base of the cabling space/ cable trench to the top
of the cabling space/ trench. MS channel inserts shall be given at the
two sides of the cabling space/ trench.
 MS insert plates of size 100mm x 100mm x 10mm at an interval of 1500
mm at centre of the roof of the cabling space/ trench shall be given
throughout the length.
3.6.2.10 Installation of Cables
Cable racks shall be ladder type made of MS angles and flats.
 Its preferred size will be of 600/450/300 mm width. It will be fabricated
from 50 x 50 x 6 mm, MS angles for longitudinal members and 25 x 6
mm, MS flats for cross members placed at an interval of 300 mm along
the length of the rack with a provision of double cross members at a

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.42
System, BSP
distance of 600 mm for cable clamping. Length of single piece of cable
rack shall be 3 m.
 Supporting MS brackets for the support of cable racks shall be provided
at an interval of 1500 mm. Brackets shall be made of 65 x 65 x 6 mm MS
angles.
 MS plates of size 100x100x10 mm as inserts shall be given at an interval
of 1500 mm in the wall for cable racks.
 Generally cables shall be laid on the cable trays exposed. However,
where protection is required from mechanical damage and/or radiation
of heat, this protection shall be given by GI conduits/ GI pipes of
suitable sizes. GI pipes shall be medium gauge, hot dip galvanised
electric resistance welded (ERW) screwed type conforming to IS: 1239
(Part-I)-1990. GI conduits shall conform to IS: 9537 -1980.
 All cables shall be protected by means of GI pipes or sheet metal
protective cover up to a height of 1500 mm from the working floor level
and platforms for protection against mechanical damage. About 40% of
the pipe/conduit space shall be kept vacant for easy pulling of cables.
 Cables coming out of the underground cable trench or building or
concrete cable duct shall be protected by GI pipes at the point of exit of
these places and all these exit points shall sealed against water seepage
and entry of creeping reptiles with fire proof materials. In case of road/
railway crossing, suitable hume pipes shall be considered.
 Power cables and control cables shall preferably be placed in a separate
rack. Where this is not possible, power cables and control cables shall
be spaced with a distance. The laying of the control cables from the CTs
located at the 33 kV switchgear panel upto the remote control panel for
metering purpose shall be such that theses cables are separate from the
other control cables.
 All cables shall be provided with identification tags indicating cable
numbers in accordance with the cable/circuit schedule at 20 metre
spacing for straight runs, at bends in the run. The tags shall be of
aluminium sheet with numbers punched on them and securely attached
to the cables with non-corrosive wire.
 Individual cores of control cables shall have plastic identification
number ferrules at both ends of the circuit.
 All cables shall be tested for proper insulation before laying. Cables shall
be laid in a proper manner so that there shall not be any damage to the
cable, no kinks or twists in the cable during cable laying. All spare cores
of the control cables shall be neatly bunched and taped at both ends.
 Cables shall be clamped in the racks at an interval of 1500mm in both
vertical and horizontal run with aluminium alloy clamps.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.43
System, BSP
 Where a number of GI pipes or conduits are run in a bunch, adequate
number of spare pipes (30% or minimum two nos.) of comparable
diameters shall be kept for future use.
 Flexible GI pipes/conduits shall be used at the termination points of
cables where cables are to be terminated to vibrating and or rotating
equipment or where chances of vibrations shall be there at the time of
operations.
 The cables shall be laid through existing cable trench and/or shall be
laid through existing/new overhead cable route with new trays and
supports. At specific locations, cables shall also be taken through GI
conduits/ GI pipe for additional protection against damage as per site
condition. GI pipes shall be medium gauge, hot dip galvanised electric
resistance welded (ERW) screwed type conforming to IS: 1239 (Part-I)-
2004. GI conduits shall conform to IS: 9537 (Part-2)-1981.
 Where ever required new cable trays, cable trench etc. are to be
considered.
 Cables in ESP Plant shall be laid along structures/ galleries, cable trench
etc, on MS fabricated and painted cable trays as applicable
 Cables shall be taken inside the cabling space below the panels & other
equipment or in existing cable trench etc. in ladder type cable trays.
 Generally cables shall be laid on the cable trays exposed. However,
where protection is required from mechanical damage and/or radiation
of heat, this protection shall be given by GI conduits/ GI pipes of
suitable sizes.
 All cables shall be protected by means of GI pipes or sheet metal
protective cover up to a height of 1500 mm from the working floor level
and platforms for protection against mechanical damage. About 40% of
the pipe/conduit space shall be kept vacant for easy pulling of cables.
 Cables coming out of the underground cable trench or building or
concrete cable duct shall be protected by GI pipes at the point of exit of
these places and all these exit points shall sealed against water seepage
and entry of creeping reptiles with fire proof materials.
 Power cables and control cables shall preferably be placed in a separate
rack. Where this is not possible, power cables and control cables shall
be spaced with a distance.
 All cables shall be provided with identification tags indicating cable
numbers in accordance with the cable/circuit schedule at 20 m spacing
for straight runs, at bends in the run. The tags shall be of aluminium
sheet with numbers punched on them and securely attached to the
cables with non-corrosive wire.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.44
System, BSP
 Individual cores of control cables shall have plastic identification
number ferrules at both ends of the circuit.
 All cables shall be tested for proper insulation before laying. Cables shall
be laid in a proper manner so that there shall not be any damage to the
cable, no kinks or twists in the cable during cable laying. All spare cores
of the control cables shall be neatly bunched and taped at both ends.
 No cable joints are envisaged in the intermediate point in the through
run of cable unless the length of the run is more than the length of the
standard cable drum.
 Cables shall be clamped in the racks at an interval of 1500 mm in both
vertical and horizontal run with aluminium alloy clamps.
 Flexible GI pipes/conduits shall be used at the termination points of
cables where cables are to be terminated to vibrating and or rotating
equipment or where chances of vibrations shall be there at the time of
operations.
 The cable ends shall be suitably sealed to prevent any ingress of
moisture and shall be fully protected against mechanical damage.
3.6.2.11 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) System

1. A parallel redundant UPS system of adequate rating shall be provided


for continuous & regulated AC power supply to the loads, under normal
and abnormal conditions.

2. The UPS system shall consist of a system control cabinet, UPS Modules
and a back-up battery unit. The UPS and battery shall meet the
requirement as given in the following Table:

1.0 Standards
Uninterruptible Power systems
IEC – 62040-1&2 (2004)
(UPS)
Semiconductor converters – General
IEC-60146-1-1
requirements
2.0 Type of UPS
Type Electronically regulated, on-line
Configuration  A parallel redundant system comprising
of two UPS modules which are paralleled
at the output.
 Both UPS shall have the same priority
and are equally sharing the total load .
 A common battery bank shall be
provided.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.45
System, BSP
3.0 Operation i) Normal operation: Two UPS modules
modes shall supply regulated AC power
continuously to share the load.
ii) Both, rectifiers -and inverters units are
sharing the total output power. Bypass
source is stand-by and acting as
synchronisation source.
iii) Power failure/deviate from specified
tolerance on one module. This particular
UPS module switches to stand-by
operation while the other one will carry
the full load.
iv) Power failure/deviate from specified
tolerance on both modules: Battery
bank shall supply DC power to inverter
of UPS and ensure continuous AC power
supply to load. Battery bank shall
provide back up for 30 minutes.
v) System fault on one module: The
concerned module is immediately set to
stand-by mode while the remaining one
takes the full load without disturbing it.

4.0 Service UPS shall be located inside a ventilated room


conditions or enclosure in which the following conditions
apply:

Maximum ambient air 50 °C


temperature
Relative humidity not 95% non
exceeding condensing
5.0 Input power 415 V, 3 phase, 4 wire, 50Hz, 50 kA rms,
supply solidly earthed system with variations as
defined in TS
6.0 Rectifier and Inverter Specifications
Power The Contractor shall select kVA rating suitable
for the application and submit sizing
calculations for Employer’s approval during
engineering.
Rectifier type Full wave, microprocessor controlled, 3 phase
fully controlled rectifier using SCRs. An
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.46
System, BSP
isolation input transformer shall be applied for
best immunity to mains disturbance and
galvanic isolation to the DC branch.
Rectifier As per requirement of battery and inverter, to
output be indicated by Contractor during engineering
Inverter
IGBT (Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors) based
inverter section. The inverter shall be short
circuit proven and have nominal output
voltage and frequency as specified in below.
An isolation transformer shall provide galvanic
isolation between the DC- and AC- power
circuits. for best immunity to disturbance

Output 230V, single phase outgoing feeders


Voltage +1% nominal
regulation
Frequency + 0.1 % free running
stability
Load power 0.8
factor
Rated output Rated output continuous current for specified
continuous load p.f shall be indicated by Contractor
current during engineering
Output The waveform of the output voltage shall be
waveform sinusoidal with a relative harmonic content not
exceeding 4% for linear- and 5% for non-linear
loads (according IEC 62040-3) with any
individual harmonic < 3%
Overall 85% minimum
efficiency
Voltage +5%
adjustability
Phase voltage 5% maximum with 100% load unbalance
and phase
angle
unbalance
(for 3ph. UPS)
Overload 105 % continuously
rating 125 % for 10 min
150 % for 1 min.
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.47
System, BSP
200% for 30 sec
7.0 Battery Specifications
Battery bank  Sealed maintenance free (SMF) lead acid
batteries shall be provided for the battery
bank.
 The batteries shall be housed in a separate
battery cabinet located adjacent to the
UPS panel.
 The battery power pack shall include SMF
battery housed in a separate cabinet.
Battery cells shall be mounted on slide-out
trays for ease of maintenance.
 The UPS shall automatically be
disconnected from the battery by opening
the breaker when the battery reaches the
minimum discharge voltage level.
 The battery bank shall be installed in
separate panel
Battery Battery shall be suitable to maintain the power
backup supply for at least one hour (throughout the
total duration) in the event of mains failure with
rated capacity of the UPS at full load
8.0 Environment & Constructional features of UPS panel
Mounting Indoor, floor mounted, free standing
Enclosure Sheet steel enclosure of minimum thickness
2.5mm, IP 42 enclosure protection
Cooling The unit shall be self-ventilated. The unit shall
be capable of continuously delivering its rated
output, without switching to bypass mode
under normal operating conditions.
Protection  Maximum current limiting .
 Boost charging and float charging current
limiting
 Surge suppressor in output side of the
UPS .
 Input single phasing
 Input under / over voltage
 Rectified over voltage
 Over temperature
 Abnormal output voltage (over voltage &
under voltage) .
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.48
System, BSP
 Over current on output .
 Over current on input or commutating
failure .
 Low battery voltage .
 Auxiliary supply failure .
 Fan failure
 Logic failure
 Clock failure
 Fast acting HRC fuse for inverter circuit
and control circuit
 Reverse power protection for parallel
inverters Output over / under voltage
 Any other protection as required for
particular application
9.0 Provision of contacts shall be kept in the UPS panel for
annunciation of abnormal operation/ alarm condition in any
other operator panel/ annunciation panel.
The UPS shall have inbuilt RS 485 port for display of online
status of UPS on HMI . Critical health status/parameters
(including battery) to be shown in HMI.
10.0 Control, Indication / Annunciation, Meters
Annunciation/ At least the following indications, in the form
alarms of LED/LCDs and/or measuring instruments,
shall be provided on the front outside panel
of the unit

 -Rectifier input supply available.


 Alternative/bypass supply available.
 Rectifier on.Battery operation.
 Inverter on. Load
 Inverter/bypass synchronized.
 Battery on high rate charge (if
specified).
 Inverter output within tolerance.
 Status of input-, battery- and output
MCCBs or switches.
Mimic display LED based block mimic diagram shall be
provided on the UPS panels indicating the
complete status of the system including the
power route to the UPS, output and other
system elements which are in energized state
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.49
System, BSP
of operation
Metering The following parameters shall be displayed:
 Input AC voltage.
 Input AC current
 Input frequency
 Battery voltage status
 Battery charge/discharge current
 Output AC voltage
 Output AC current
 Output frequency
 Percent of rated load being supplied by the
UPS Battery time left during battery
operation .
11.0 Operation & Microprocessor based with fault diagnostic
control of UPS and data logging features
system Touch- membrane switches along with LCD
display on the front side of UPS panels for
display of all input, output and battery
parameters
12.0 Switchgear
Incoming Main circuit switches or MCCBs) for
circuit breaker continuous duty.
Earthing An earth bar, with a suitable number of
earthing screws.
The earth rail shall be connected to the
structure of the cabinet, effectively bonding
the entire cubicle.
UPS The UPS distribution shall include
Distribution  Main UPS Distribution Board
Board  Sub-distribution panels located in the
PLC room and control room for various
UPS consumers ( as applicable)
Testing  All routine tests shall be as per IS-8623
(Part-II) 1993
 Type test certificate shall be submitted.

3.6.2.12 Illumination System


a) Power supply in control Rooms from MCCB in PMCC to MLDB shall be
415 Volts, 3 phase, 4-wire 50 Hz earthed system and fault level is 50 kA
RMS at 415 volts for distribution of electric power at low voltage.
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.50
System, BSP
MLDB shall feed SLDBs at respective areas.
b) Power supply for lighting fixtures, ceiling fans, exhaust fans for
ventilation, receptacles shall be 240V, 1 phase, 50 Hz to be derived
from SLDB from phase and neutral of 415V, 3 phase, 4 wire, 50 Hz
supply stated above.

c) Main Lighting distribution board (MLDB): MLDB shall have two


incomers, one bus coupler and required outgoing feeders with 20 %
spares. All incomers, bus coupler and outgoing feeders shall be MCCB
( 50 kA). MLDB shall be of CRCA sheet steel enclosure (IP-54).
d) Sub Lighting Distribution Board (SLDB)
 Each SLDB shall receive power at 415V, three phase, 4 wire, 50 Hz and
distribute it into 240V, single phase circuits for connection to the
lighting fixtures and other single phase load of designated premises as
per detail engineering drawings,. The boards/panels shall be designed
for 50 kA short-circuit current level.
 The SLDB shall be made of MS sheet steel of thickness 2 mm. The
board shall be dust and vermin proof with rubber / neoprene gasket.
The board shall be wall mounted type & front operated only. All the
equipment inside the boards shall be covered in front with a 3 mm
thick bakelite sheet. Only the operating knobs of the equipment shall
be protruding outside the bakelite sheet.
 The SLDBs shall have one no. 63A TPN- MCB – Incomer and required
nos. of 10A/20A (10 kA) single pole MCB for Illumination loads. Bus-
bar shall be of electrolytic grade aluminium of grade E91E, as per IS:
5082 -1998 and shall be colour coded. Bus-bar clearance shall be
maintained as per IS. However, ample clearance shall be kept
considering the future maintenance.
 The lighting circuit shall be segregated in such a way that in case of
any problem in any SLDB few lamps glow in every area of illumination
 The SLDBs shall be provided with two no. earthing studs.
 Inscription plate shall be given for each board with white letters in
black background and shall be fixed with brass screws.

e) The recommended Level of illumination, type of fittings and


mounting heights of various units shall be considered as:-
Sl. Area Lux Type of energy efficient
No. Level lighting Fixture
1 PMCC/ 250 LED
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.51
System, BSP
Sl. Area Lux Type of energy efficient
No. Level lighting Fixture
Electrical
rooms
2 ESP 150 LED
3 Platforms/ 70 LED
Staircase
4 ESP top - Neon type Aviation light
Maintenance factor for design of the illumination system in the
electrical rooms/ buildings the maintenance factor shall be
considered as 0.7.
Cabling from MLDB to SLDB shall be through armoured LT power
cables. From SLDB to respective lighting fixtures, wiring shall be
through 1.1kV grade PVC insulated 2.5 sq.mm copper wires in GI
conduits or through PVC insulated PVC sheathed 2.5 sq.mm coppers
armoured cables in trays. The Control rooms and offices shall have
concealed wiring through MS conduits.
f) Small Power Receptacles (Socket Outlets)
1) 20A, 240 V, 3 pin (2 pole and earth) receptacles (socket outlets) of
suitable rating with interlocked switches in sheet steel enclosure shall
be provided in all areas of ESP and control rooms for operation of
hand tools, fans etc. MCC rooms and control rooms shall also have
5/15A, 240 V sockets.
2) 24 V sockets with transformers shall be provided as per the
technological requirement.
3.6.2.13 Repair network/ Welding Distribution Board (WDB)
The welding distribution board shall be suitable for operation at a
power supply of 415V, 3 phase 4 wire 50 Hz system. WDB shall have
MCCB as incomer and outgoing feeders as per requirement. Earth fault
protection shall be provided in each feeder.
WDB shall be dust and vermin proof, weather proof with rubber/
neoprene gaskets & class of enclosure shall be IP-54. The board shall be
made of standard steel of thickness 2 mm and shall be front operated,
compartmentalized in design and shall be factory assembled.
Welding Receptacle: Welding receptacles shall be 63A, 415V, AC,
3phase, 50Hz with socket outlet, interlocked 63A TPN switch fuse &
plug. The receptacle shall be dust & vermin proof, gasketted industrial
type with degree of protection
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.52
System, BSP
IPW-55 and interlocked type and to be provided at strategic locations
for welding & repair work.
3.6.2.14 Earthing & Lightning Protection System:
1) A complete earthing system with double path to the ground for ESP
structure shall be furnished. Each ESP casing shall be provided with two
earthing pads located on diagonally opposite corners of each casing.
The pad surface shall be tinned, drilled and to be connected to earthing
mat by 50mm x 6mm galvanized steel flat.
2) Manual safety earthing switches shall be furnished so that individual
equipment can be grounded during maintenance.
3) Double earthing shall be provided for all electrical equipment to
conform to Indian Electricity Rules. Earthing work with earthing pits
shall be provided by the bidder in accordance with IS 3043: 1987 and IE
rules. Supply of all earthing material for the installation of earthing pits
& main earthing ring, new earthing etc as required for the earthing
network for the power, illumination and utilities system shall be in the
scope of the bidder. The new earthing rings in turn shall be
interconnected to the existing main earthing network of the area of the
plant. The main underground earthing ring shall be made of 75x 10 mm
GI flat. All 415V panels shall be earthed using 50 x 6 mm GI flats.
4) The main underground earthing network shall comprise of 75x10 mm
GI Strips and adequate nos. of earth pits. All the earth pits shall be
interconnected through GI Strips. GI Strips shall be laid 600mm below
the ground level. Suitable nos. of risers shall be taken out from the
ground ring for the formation of earth ring inside the control room
plant along the wall at a level+2000mm from the FFL. It will be
embedded in floor and taken up along the column. All the eqpts. inside
the room/plant shall be interconnected to the earthed bus inside the
room/plant.
5) Earth resistance of complete power earthing network shall not exceed
1ohm.
6) Earth resistance of electronic earthing network shall not exceed 0.5
ohm.
7) Size of the earth Electrodes shall be 100mm internal dia., 3 metres long
made of galvanized steel.
8) New earthing of all equipment under the scope of work shall be
ensured.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.53
System, BSP
9) Conductor Sizes for Earthing: Earthing conductors of following
minimum sizes & materials shall be used in the power earthing system
as listed below:
Sl. Description Size Material
No.
a) Main earthing ring/grid below 75x10 mm Flat Galvanised
ground Steel
conductor
b) Sub grid above ground 50x6 mm Flat -do-
c) Riser/Pigtail from earthing grid/Mat 50x6 mm Flat -do-
d) HV Equipment 50x6 mm Flat Galvanised
Steel
e) Structures, 50x6 mm flat -do-
f) 415V Motor Control Centre, etc. 50x6 mm flat -do-
g) Control desk 50x6 mm flat -do-
h) Local Control Stations/ SLDB 25x6 mm flat -do-
Motors:
i) Above 5 kW upto 30 kW 25x3 mm flat -do-
j) Upto 5 kW 8 SWG Wire -do-
k) Miscellaneous items, viz. Push 8 SWG Wire -do-
Button Station, Junction Boxes etc.
10) Electronic earthing network shall be separate from electrical earthing
network.
11) Lightning protection shall be made as per IS:2309-1989. All the down
comer for earthing conductor for lightning protection shall follow the
shortest path to the ground mat/pit and intermediate joints shall be
avoided as far as possible.
12) Bidder shall test the existing earth resistance of the proposed area.
Required earth pits, underground earth conductors and over ground
earth conductors shall be provided to arrive at total earth resistance
value less than 0.5 ohm.
13) The bidder shall submit all the calculations for earthing to the
Purchaser/Consultant for approval. The number of earth pits shall be
finalised based on the earthing calculation to be furnished by the
bidder for Purchaser / consultant’s approval
3.6.2.15 Erection and Installation
Design and selection of Erection & Installation material/works shall be
done taking into consideration the fact that the plant is called upon to
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.54
System, BSP
operate continuously and hence all facilities to be erected and installed
so as to simplify inspection, testing, maintenance, cleaning can be
carried out at site without disrupting process / prolonged shutdowns.
3.6.2.16 Testing & Commissioning
Site tests for commissioning
Checking required to be made on the equipment after installation at
site shall generally comprise but not be limited to the following:
 Physical inspection to verify the boards/ panels are in proper condition.
 Check for free movement of mechanisms viz. circuit breakers, rotating
parts of rotating machine
 Check for tightness of all cables, bus-bar, earth connections etc.
 Check for clearance of exposed bus-bar/ conductors from metal
enclosure, if any. Check for proper alignment of all draw out devices like
draw out type circuit breakers, if any.
 Continuity checks of all control circuits
 Checking of all mechanical and electrical interlocks with manual
actuation of relays as necessary.
 Checking and calibration of device requiring field
adjustment/calibration.
 Tests to be carried out on the individual electrical equipment shall
generally include, in addition to the manufacturer’s instructions, the
following:
 For PMCC, Control Panel etc.:
a. Insulation resistance test with 1000 V megger for main circuits.
b. Insulation resistance test with 500 V megger for control circuits.
c. Checking of settings of all relays/releases as per drawings.

3.6.2.17 DC EXCITATION SYSTEM FOR EXISTING ID FAN MOTORS


1. Excitation System details

Transformer Rating 75 KVA


Transformer 90 V
Secondary Voltage Vector Group - Dyn5
PT 11 KV / 110V
CT 100/1 A
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.55
System, BSP
Above data are indicative only.
Suitable rating of transformer and rectifier system shall be selected to
match the existing motor field data given below.
2. Motor Details

ID fan motor
Output Power 1.4 MW ( 2 numbers)
Rated Voltage 11KV
Motor current 86.9 A
Power Factor 0.8 lead to lag
Frequency 50 Hz
Rotating Speed 750 rpm
Rated Field Voltage 51V

3. Starting Sequence of Synchronous Motor


The synchronous motor starts with a series reactor which is bypassed by
a bypass VCB after a certain time delay (80 sec.s) near sub-synchronous
speed automatically by the control circuit.

4. Each System should have the following main components


 Digital Controller – 2 sets
 Thyristor Converter – 2 sets
 Field Circuit Breaker (FCB) on DC side of the power converter.
 Starting and field discharge resistor
 Excitation Transformer
 CROWBAR for DC overvoltage protection and Emergency Field
Discharge.
5. Each Channel should have the following as a minimum features.
 Manual mode/ Auto Mode, (VAR mode, PF (cos ø ) mode,
Rotor current control mode)
 Integrated start/stop sequences for one-button-operation
 Automatic startup sequence after closing motor circuit breaker
 Smooth dynamic and steady state motor operation
 Integrated monitoring, limiting and protection functions for
safe operation
and motor protection
 Motor voltage closed loop control

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.56
System, BSP
 Full use of motors dynamic reactive power performance
 Smooth synchronization by optimized field voltage turn-on
 Sensors and/or signal transducers integrated
 Automatic start/stop sequences after closing/opening motor
breaker and transfer to preselected mode of operation ( Rotor
current/ Q- / PF-control)
 Start interlock (if excitation is not ready)
 Stall protection
 Signal acquisition of 3-phase machine terminal voltage and
current
6. Control Electronics
The control channel shall include
 Control Communication Measurement System.
 Power Interface
 3 Phase thyristor converter with heat sinks and cooling fans.

The system shall have following functionalities.

7. BASIC REGULATOR FUNCTION


Signal acquisition of
 3 phase Machine terminal voltage and current.
 Thyristor Converter Input Voltage.
 Thyristor Converter Output Voltage.
 Thyristor Converter Current from CT’s at Incoming lines.

Imposed power factor control. The PF shall be


 Fixed Preset.
 Through Common RAISE/ LOWER inputs.
 Through 4-20mA analog input signal.
 Through Bus Communication.

Manual Control (Field current regulator)


Manual Limiters
3 phase Thyristor Converter gate control: The converter shall be
fully frequency compensated from 0.1 Fnto 2Fn , Voltage
Compensation shall be selectable.
8. OPEARTION CONTROL FUNCTION
1) The system shall be capable of controlling all auxiliaries of the
excitation system
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.57
System, BSP
 Field Breaker (ON OFF depending on configuration). DC
injection near sub-synchronous speed shall be frequency as
well as time based.
 Field Discharge Circuit.
 Thyristor Converter Cooling Fans. The fans are automatically
switched ON during START SEQUENCE.
 Feature of Bypass logic and issue of close command shall be
part of Static Excitation. Close command near sub-synchronous
speed shall be frequency as well as time based.
2. Sequence control of the excitation system including
 Changing the Mode of Operation (AUTO/ MANUAL for Start
Up)
 Excitation Ready for Starting.
 Start of Excitation and Ramping the voltage up to preset
reference.
 Automatic follow up of all non active control loops like AUTO,
MANUAL, STANDBY, IMPOSED POWER FACTOR OR REACTIVE
POWER CONTROL.
 Reference altering of active control loop by RAISE/ LOWER
commands.
 Field forcing during motor synchronization and during 6.6KV
voltage dip.
 STOP Excitation by INVERTER Operation i.e. negative field
voltage until machine voltage is zero.
 Opening of FIELD BREAKER and 6.6KV BREAKER.

9. MONITORING AND PROTECTIVE FUNCTIONS


1) Machine and BUS PT and CT monitoring.
2) Machine Stator Monitoring.
 V/ Hz monitoring with different time delay characteristic: Fixed
Time, Normal Inverse, Very Inverse and Extremely Inverse.
 Loss of excitation monitoring with adjustable fixed time delay:
Channel transfer prior to trip with redundant system.
3) Machine Rotor Over current monitoring
 Instantaneous with short fixed time delay.
 Response with different delay characteristic: Fixed time, Normal
Inverse, Very Inverse and Extremely Inverse.
 Channel transfer prior to trip with redundant system.
4) Thyristor Converter Monitoring.
5) Thyristor Converter Branch fault protection.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.58
System, BSP
6) Output Short Circuit Protection / Rotor over current protection.
7) Power Section signal monitoring.
8) Heat Sink Temperature monitoring. The system shall have 2 level
response one for Alarm and other for Trip.
9) Conduction (any one thyristor bridge arm is not conducting)
monitoring.
10) Input Voltage monitoring.
11) Input Voltage phase sequence monitoring.
12) Field failure protection.
13) Rotor earth fault protection.
14) Motor asynchronous / out of step protection
15) Tripping of 6.6KV breaker on SEE control supply failure
10. SELF MONITORING (PROTECTION)
 Loss of Auxiliary Power Source.
 CPU watchdog.
 Converter pulse block by external command.
 External trip command received.
 Start excitation not successful.
 DC Distribution Feeder lost.
 Auxiliaries Ready.
 Low power supply monitoring.
11. LIMITERS:
 Maximum field current limiter
 Minimum field current limiter
 Over excitation stator current limiter
 Under excitation stator current limiter
 P/Q under excitation limiter

12. HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE


Interface module shall be fixed on the unit with digital membrane keys
with back lit LCD display and programming keys. The unit shall
be approachable only after opening the cabinet door which shall be
visible from outside.
Panel mounted HMI will have minimum below functionalities
 Display of actual system values
 Monitoring and local control of the system
 Parameter viewing and editing
 Data reading of the event and fault logger

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.59
System, BSP
13. INTERFACE UNITS
The system shall include following digital and analog control
signal of the plant unit:
 12 Nos. Digital Inputs
 16 Nos. Relay Outputs
 3 Analog Inputs.
 3 Analog Outputs.
 Ethernet Interface.

LIST OF INTERFACE SIGNALS


Beside the Power Connections, following Signal Interfaces shall be
included in the scope of Supply.
MOTOR, BUS PT AND CT INPUTS
 Stator Voltage
 Stator Current
DIGITAL INPUT SIGNALS
 TRIP INPUT : for field breaker and excitation in
emergency case by protection system.
 EXC START: Close Field Circuit Breaker and start
excitation.
 EXC STOP: Stop Excitation by Inverter mode and Open
the Field Circuit Breaker.
 SETPT RAISE: Related to Reference of Active Controller
AUTO, MANUAL, POWER FACTOR CONTROL.
 SETPT LOWER: Related to Reference of Active Controller
AUTO, MANUAL, POWER FACTOR or REACTIVE POWER
CONTROL.
 AUTO ON: Transfer from MANUAL to AUTO mode of
operation.
 MAN ON: Transfer from AUTO to MANUAL mode of
operation.
 Main Breaker and shunting (bypass) breaker status

DIGITAL OUTPUT SIGNALS


 TRIP by EXCITATION: TRIP released by excitation system
i.e. Trip of the Machine Circuit Breaker.
 FCB ON: Field Circuit Breaker Closed Indication.
 FCB OFF: Field Circuit Breaker Open Indication.
 MAIN PWR SEL: Main Power Supply source is selected.
 AUTO ON: AUTO Mode of Operation.
 MAN On: MANUAL mode of Operation
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.60
System, BSP
 SETPT MAX: Reference value of Active Controller at the
maximum limit.
 SETPT MIN: Reference value of Active Controller at the
minimum limit.
 READY A/M: Back indication to operator for AUTO
MANUAL Changeover.
 LOC CTRL: Local Mode selected.
 EXC ON: Excitation On.
 EXC OFF: Excitation Off.
 Shunting (Bypass) breaker close command

ANALOG OUTPUT SIGNALS


 EXC OUTP CUR: Exciter Output Current.
 EXC OUTP VOLT: Exciter Output Voltage.

14. LOCAL INSTRUMENTS


Following Meters shall be installed in the Front Door of the Panel:
 Field Voltage Meter.
 Field Current Meter.
 Power factor Meter.
 Field Temperature Meter.
 Stator current Meter
All the meters shall be analog type with 90o indication and shall
be of dimension 96 mm X 96 mm.
15. FIELD SUPPRESSION AND FIELD OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION
 630 A Field Circuit Breaker, heavy duty type of coil 110V
DC , 2 NO + 1 NC power contacts.
 Crowbar system for field discharge.
 Power contactors for field quenching.
 Grid resistor for field discharge.
 DC ammeter with shunt.
 DC current transducer.
 DC voltmeter.
GENERAL:
The transformer shall be dry type, natural air cooled suitable for
panel mounting indoor operation. The transformer shall be
designed with particular attention to the suppression of
harmonic voltage especially the third and fifth.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.61
System, BSP
The transformer shall be capable of with-standing thermal and
mechanical stresses due to the through fault current for a period of 5
seconds without damage.
TECHNICAL DATA OF TRANSFORMERS:

Parameters Values
a Continuous rating As per system requirement
b Quantity 2 No.s
c Supply System 415 V,3phase(E)Primary
d Frequency 50Hz
e Standard followed IS:2026/IS:11171
f Type of cooling AN
g Volt. ratio at no load As required
h No. of phases Three
i Tap changing +2.5%,0,+5% off circuit tap
changing link on primary side
j Winding Double wound copper
k Insulation Class F or better
l Terminal arrangement:
Primary side & Cable box for XLPE Copper cable
Secondary side

CONSTRUCTION
The core of each transformer shall be built-up from high quality CRGO
steel sheets. The arrangement of core frame and clamps shall ensure
even mechanical pressure over the whole of the laminations to
prevent settling of the core during transportation or in service. They
should be effectively insulated from the core so as to reduce
circulating currents to a minimum. The transformers shall operate
quietly with minimum vibration.

All windings and connections shall be braced to withstand shocks


due to rough handling and vibrations in transit and forces due to
short circuit or other transients in service.

Each core and each cover shall be connected to transformer body


electrically for the purpose of providing earth continuity. Two
terminals shall be provided on each transformer body for connecting to
the earthing system.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.62
System, BSP
FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS

 Off circuit tap changing link with 5 positions +2.5%, 0, +5% on


Primary Side.
 Separate lifting lugs for transformer lifting and core lifting.
 Rating and diagram plate.
 Earthing terminals - 2 nos.
16. MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER

Sl.N Description
o
1 Rated thermal current As per requirement
2 No of Poles 3
3 Rated operational 415V,3ph,AC
voltage
4 Rated insulation 1000V
voltage
5 Rated breaking 50 KA
capacity
6 Short time rating (RMS) 50 KA for 1 sec.
7 Type Manual
8 O/L Protection 50% to 100% of the rated current
independent .adjust
9 S/C Protection Minimum 6 time of the nominal
current.
10 Standard followed IS:13947 part-II & IEC 947 IS:8623

3.7 PROCESS CONTROL AND AUTOMATION


3.7.1 Design Condition for Instrumentation System
3.7.1.1 Applicable Design Standards
IS / BS No. Title
IS 1554:1988 PVC insulated electric cables for working
voltages up to and including 1100v
IS 9858 : 1981 Safety requirements for electronic
measuring apparatus.
IS 13947 : 1993 Degrees of protection of enclosed
equipment.
IS-3975, 1999 Armouring of cables
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.63
System, BSP
BS-5308 Instrumentation cables
IS-5831-1984 Spec. of PVC insulation and sheath of
control elect./cables
3.7.2 Design Conditions
1) All instrumentation & automation equipment shall be designed for
continuous duty operation in steel plant environment.
2) Instrumentation equipment of each variety shall be of same make &
limited model to achieve standardization and reduce inventory.
3) System shall be designed with inbuilt safety system for operating and
maintenance personnel. Facilities for inspection, testing, maintenance
and adjustment at site shall be provided without disrupting process.
4) If relevant IS/IPSS is not available for a particular application, the IEC
(International Electro-technical Commission) standards shall be
applicable.
5) All plans, design, manufacture, installation and cabling work shall be
based on the ISO metric system.
6) System shall be of modular design for future
expandability/modification. Necessary redundancy shall be considered
for reducing extent of abnormality and Mean Time To Repair (MTTR).
7) Instruments and field equipment shall be explosion proof or intrinsically
safe in hazardous locations.
8) Critical process parameters shall be duplicated at the field level.
9) All safety precautions shall be considered for radioactive elements as
per Indian rules & regulations.
10) All electrical equipment shall be designed as per IEC safety regulation.
All terminals shall be Wega type with pushing mechanism.
11) Instrumentation equipment shall be standardized to enable maximum
inter changeability of parts and reduce inventory requirement.
12) Equipment noise limitation shall be as per IEC-179 (generally not
exceeding 85 dB).
13) Remote seal type transmitters shall be used in dusty applications and in
case of water lines if the water is not clean. In case water line
temperature is high (60 to 700C, special sealing is to be selected to
prevent damage of diaphragm.
14) All impulse pipes and erection hardware e.g. fittings, mounting brackets,
etc. shall be of SS 316/SS 316L. Cable trays, junction boxes and other
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.64
System, BSP
erection hardware materials shall be of SS 304.
15) Wetted parts of the instrumentation equipment shall be selected so as
to withstand physical and chemical properties of the service fluid
coming in direct contact with the instrument.
16) Whenever corrosive atmosphere is present, all instruments and
associated equipment exposed to such a medium shall be designed &
protected to withstand the adverse effects
17) The instrumentation items shall be supplied by the Bidder based on the
finalized specification data sheets as will be approved during detailed
engineering stage. These specification sheets shall be in standard
format (e,g, ISA) or approved format.
18) For corrosive fluid application wetted parts of all field instruments shall
be made of corrosive resistant material.
19) Cable troughs or openings in the floor shall be provided to bring the
cables to the panels. The opening shall be sealed after completion of
erection.
20) Measurement and control equipment offered for the process shall be
complete in all respect in line with this specification and also as required
for satisfactory operation of the process. Any equipment / accessories
not explicitly indicated in this specification, but considered essential for
proper functioning of technological equipment and process shall be
included by Bidder in their scope of work and supply.
21) All the RTD signals shall be directly connected to PLC without the
temperature transmitters.
22) All transmitters shall be housed in Fibre reinforced plastic (FRP) material.
The junction box shall be of die cast Aluminium / moulded fibre with
IP65 protection. Each junction box shall have minimum 20 % spare
terminals.
23) Signal isolators shall be used wherever duplication/multiplying of
analog signal is to be done.
24) All pressure tapping points will be provided with purging facility.
25) Transmitter power supply (24 V DC Regulated) for individual units will
be with the help of two sets of regulated 24 V power supply units
connected in parallel (hot redundant) with four nos. of diodes in order
to prevent loop current between the two units (Reverse polarity
protection). Each of the regulated power supply unit will have capacity
to supply entire set of transmitters.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.65
System, BSP
26) Power supply to instruments with AC power supply will be through MCB
of adequate rating. Power supply to individual transmitter shall be
through dedicated MCBs.
27) External surge / lightning protection device at both transmitter and
control room ends shall be provided in addition to the built-in
protection
28) Cabling: Cables shall be generally taken over racks/ trays. Cables shall
also be taken through GI conduits at strategic places. Instrument cables
(power, control & signal) shall be laid in separate dedicated trays and
shall not be mixed with electrical cables. Cable trays for thermocouple
extension cables / compensating cables for the thermocouples shall be
suitably covered and protected against damage. Cables in higher
ambient zone have been considered with asbestos cloth wrapping
29) All power cable size have been selected with due regards to the
necessary factors of selection like fault level, voltage drop, ambient
temperature length, grouping etc.. The control cable shall have spares
as mentioned below:-
6-10 cores: Minimum 2 spare cores
11- 20 cores: Minimum 3 spare core
More than 21 core: Minimum 4 spare cores.
3.7.3 Functional / Operational Requirement

3.7.3.1 The ESP shall be operated and controlled from the Control Room. Once
operating philosophy is set / finalized through HMI, ESPs shall operate
in auto mode. This shall include dust disposal system up to the dust
storage silo. Bidder shall design and develop the software for control
philosophy in consultation with designated plant engineer for smooth
functioning. However, major control function envisaged are as follows:
1) Starting / Stopping of ESP
2) Disposal of dust under each ESP hopper in cyclic mode
3) Operation of various rotary airlock valves of ESP

3.7.3.2 Various operating parameters shall be continuously shown in the HMI


PC (new Engg. Station & Operator station) in the ESP PLC control room
and a new standalone client (directly connected to PLC system) at
COCR. It shall necessarily include but not limited to following:
1) Status of each ESP

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.66
System, BSP
2) Status of each field of ESP
3) Level of dust in each hopper
4) Pressure at inlet and outlet of ESP
5) Temperature at inlet of ESP.
6) Cyclic indication of dust disposal and its status
7) Dust level indication in intermediate silos.
8) Continuous Dust density at the stack.
9) Any other information required essential for smooth operation of
ESP
10) Temperature and vibration of the bearing of ID fan & motor.

3.7.3.3 In order to fulfill the pre-requisite of timely and accurate process data
collection, microprocessor based instrumentation system shall be
installed.

3.7.3.4 Dust level in each hopper under ESP and silo shall be monitored with
Radio Frequency type level sensors. Alarms for high/high levels shall be
generated for signaling and process interlocks.

3.7.3.5 Opacity type Dust Density Monitoring for analysis of dust burden of ESP
shall be provided. The ladder and approach platforms for the dust
monitoring system to be installed in the stack shall be easy for working
and maintenance purpose. Monkey ladders shall not be used. Separate
weather protection for dust monitoring system and its field Equipment
shall be provided even it is weather proof.
3.7.4 Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) & Peripherals

3.7.4.1 Design Condition


1) PLC based automation system shall be designed for integrated control
of the process.
2) The scope of PLC system generally consists of PLC hardware with all
accessories required to run the process, complete engineering including
preparation of system and application software (logic), Human Machine
Interface with software as per requirement and all necessary drawings.
3) Design and selection of PLC system shall be done considering
continuous duty operation in steel plant environment. Hence all facilities
to simplify inspection, testing, maintenance & cleaning shall be carried
out at site without disrupting process/ prolonged shutdowns.
4) The CPUs, memory & other resources of the system comprising of PLC,
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.67
System, BSP
HMI and communication system shall not be loaded more than 60%
(average) of its capacity. Peak loading shall not exceed 60% of its
capacity.
5) All Ethernet equipment shall be industrial grade.
6) Interrogation voltage shall be 24 V DC
7) Programming language shall be IEC 61131 compliant. However,
programming shall be done in ladder.
3.7.4.2 Technical Particulars
Sl. No. Specific aspects Technical features
1. System Parameters
1.1 Ambient 50 deg C
Operating temp
1.2 Power Supply Input power supply to PLC shall be
System through UPS for rack supply as well
as I/O interrogation. Auxiliary
supplies for panel lighting, fans,
switch sockets etc shall be raw
supply through isolating
transformer
1.3 System Fault level 50 kA (RMS) for 1 second at 415 V
2. Power Supply Unit

2.1 Voltage Levels Voltage levels shall be as required


by the accepted system.
2.2 Protection  Electronic over current
protection with feedback
feature.
 Over & under voltage
protection.
 Surge voltage protection &
short circuit protection.
 Insulation level – 2.5kV for 1
minute
 Thermostat protection against
over temperature
 Fuse protection in the input &

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.68
System, BSP
Sl. No. Specific aspects Technical features
output circuit

2.3 Voltage through MCBs


distribution
2.4 Features Power supply unit shall have
isolating transformer with
proper shielding & filtering.
 Power supply unit shall be
provided with diode multipliers
for input interrogation & output
voltage for driving outputs
(interposing relays, solenoid
valves, lamps etc.)
 Monitoring of healthiness of all
power supply units
 Earth fault monitoring for all DC
power supplies
 DP MCBs shall be provided for
each rack of PLC system.
 20% spare DP MCB shall be
provided in each rack.
3. Construction & Other features
3.1 Panel type Totally enclosed, vertical floor
mounted, sheet steel (CRCA) clad
cabinet of minimum 1.6 & 2.0 mm
thickness; PLCs shall be finish
painted as per shade no. 631 (light
grey) of IS5: 1994 or RAL 7035
3.2 Enclosure  IP-42 degree of protection in
air-conditioned room. However,
PLC system; even if housed in
air-conditioned enclosure, shall
be suitable for 50 deg C
ambient temperature
 IP-54 for remote I/O Panels
located in shops/ bays

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.69
System, BSP
Sl. No. Specific aspects Technical features
3.3 PLC System Bus based modular structure with
Structure field expandable design (to
facilitate incremental increase in
memory & input/output).
3.4 Panel Layout Incomer, power equipment,
isolating transformer etc. are to be
segregated from CPU, memory, I/O
and other sensitive electronic
modules.
3.5 Panel accessories  5A, 240 V AC socket outlet with
miniature circuit breaker (MCB).
 Cubicle illumination lamps with
switch.
 Dedicated supply sockets for
testing facility.
3.6 Earthing of Panel Continuous copper grounding bus
(25 x 3 mm) size along the bottom
with provision at both ends for
connection to the earthing grid.
Separate isolated earth bus for
electronic earthing shall be
provided.
3.7 Earthing of Metallic parts of all components to
components be effectively earthed. All hinged
doors to be earthed through
flexible earthing braids of copper.
3.8 Termination of Wherever termination of shielded
shielded cables cables is envisaged, provision for
termination of cable shields shall be
made.
4. Controller Performance Specifications (CPU)
4.1 Type  Modular and plug in type.
 32 bit micro-processor
(minimum) based fault tolerant
type.
 Shall be able to scan & execute
40 PID loops in less than 100
milli seconds & scan digital
inputs in 50 milli-seconds
simultaneously.
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.70
System, BSP
Sl. No. Specific aspects Technical features
 Execution time shall be less
than 0.5 millisecond per 1K
instruction.
 Shall be with in-built serial
communication port; add-on
communication port shall be
provided as required for high
speed I/O update (minimum 5
Mbps).
 CPUs shall be capable of
handling 30% additional
(future) I/Os over and above 20
% spare (installed) I/Os.
 CPU loading shall be limited to
maximum 60%. I/O handling
capacity shall be minimum
100K.
 Peer to peer communication
through I/O Channel shall be
possible.
4.2 Redundancy  Not required
4.3 Memory  Memory shall be fully
(programming & configurable for data/ ladder
data) programme.
 Memory size shall be as per
requirement.
 Minimum 40% spare capacity
for user memory shall be
provided over and above the
requirement of the application
softwares.
5. I/O Systems
5.1 Total no. of points  As required for the application;
 20% spare I/Os shall be
provided over and above the
requirement;
 20% I/O in each card;
 All spare I/Os shall be wired
upto terminals One spare I/O
Card of each type
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.71
System, BSP
Sl. No. Specific aspects Technical features
5.2 I/O architecture Local and Remote (co-axial/ fibre-
optic); Remote I/O shall be
considered as per requirement.
5.3 I/O Units  High density, modular, rack
based and plug in type/
Alternatively, I/O modules can
be DIN rail mounted
 Insulation level of 1.5kV
 Individual fuse shall be
provided for protection against
earth fault
5.4 Digital/ Discrete  32 input per module
input module  Input interrogation voltage –
24VDC
 Opto-coupler to galvanically
isolate each input module from
controller
 LED status indication
 Shall be suitable for pulse
inputs (incremental encoder/
digital tacho), Absolute/
incremental encoder inputs,
frequency inputs, High speed
counter type inputs, proximity
switch input
 All cards shall be compatible of
receiving digital inputs directly
5.5 Analog input  Shall be 4/8 channels, rack
modules based & plug-in type
 12 bit or 16 bit resolution
 Suitable for 4-20mA/ 0-10V DC/
RTD/ thermocouple/ weighing
signal inputs
5.6 Digital/ Discrete  16/32 points per module
output modules  Isolated outputs with two
separate terminals for each
outputs
 Output interrogation voltage –
24VDC
 Output modules shall be able
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.72
System, BSP
Sl. No. Specific aspects Technical features
to drive interposing relays (24V
DC coils), solenoids,
annunciation lamps, LEDs,
Instrumentation control
equipment; Power contactors
shall be actuated through
interposing relays.
 Special requirement like
position control shall be met
using separate interface
modules.
 All discrete O/P shall have fuse
protection. LED indication
based fuse protection shall be
provided.
 BCD output units shall be
suitable for four digit output
and shall be rated to drive
seven segment LED displays
5.7 Analog Output  Shall be of 4/ 8 analog output
channels
 Suitable for 4-20mA/ 0-20mA/
+/- 20mA/ 0-10V DC/ +/-10V
DC outputs
 With necessary D/A converters
having 12 bit resolution
 Each output shall be
galvanically isolated
5.8 Field inputs Field inputs other than MCC shall
be through interposing relays.
6. Communication  High speed communication
Functions through Ethernet TCP/IP, Device
level, I/O level communications
and RS232/ RS485.
6.1 Serial interface RS232C/ RS485/ USB (two or more
ports depending upon the
requirement)
6.2 PLC to PLC  Through Ethernet/ Device Net/
Profibus/ Modbus

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.73
System, BSP
Sl. No. Specific aspects Technical features
Specific protocols  Deterministic (irrespective of
length & no. of nodes) and fast
communication protocols of
latest technology.
7. System Software PLC programming software shall be
latest, licensed version, window
based, menu driven
8. Application  Application software shall be
Software downloadable and editable.
 Standard PLC programming
language should be used
preferrably ladder or FBD.
 Programming terminal shall
have feature of rung to rung
comparison between PLC to PC
and PC to PLC programmes with
detailed display of discrepancies
 On line and off line
programming shall be possible
and program shall be displayed
on Monitor.
 I/O forcing shall be possible
from the programming terminal.
 To avoid tampering of program,
key/password shall be provided.
 Source codes of all software
programs/developments with
detailed schematic information
shall be handed over to BSP.
9. HMI Software  Window based latest version at
the time of supply.
 Development version for
engineering (programming
station) and servers and runtime
versions in operator’s station
 Minimum 20% spare HMI tags
shall be available

 The approximate no. of pages


shall be 350/500, However the
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.74
System, BSP
Sl. No. Specific aspects Technical features
MI supplied HMI software shall
have unlimited tags and
unlimited pages license

 Source codes of all software


programs/developments with
detailed schematic information
shall be handed over to BSP.
10. Terminal blocks
10.1 Grade and rated Terminal blocks shall be of 1100 V
Amps grade rated for 10 Amps
10.2 Type Screwless Cage Clamp type WAGO/
Phoneix/ Siemens make terminal
blocks
10.3 Features  The common points shall be
arranged in looping.
 Separate set of terminal blocks
to be provided for I/O.
 Terminal Blocks shall be colour
coded.
 Proper identification of voltage
levels shall be made on terminal
blocks.
 All terminals shall be numbered
for identification and grouped
according to the function.
 All terminals shall have
minimum clearance of 300 mm
to cable gland plates and of 150
mm to adjacent terminal rows,
panel sides & other equipment.
 Minimum 20% percent spare
terminals shall be provided.
 Terminal blocks for inputs of
PLC shall be with fuse and LED
integrated to it. The output
terminal shall have miniature
relay integrated to it.
 Placement of Terminal Blocks
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.75
System, BSP
Sl. No. Specific aspects Technical features
shall be such that it is possible
for maintenance personnel to
operate from right hand.
11. Internal wiring

11.1 Grade and rated Internal wiring shall be of 1100V


Amps grade insulated copper wire of
adequate cross-section with PVC/
Teflon insulation
11.2 Features Minimum
 cross-section of
insulated wire shall be 1.5 sq.
mm.
 Minimum cross-section of
wiring for DI & AI/ AO shall be
1.0 sqmm.
 Colour coded wires for digital
inputs, digital outputs, analog
inputs and outputs for different
purpose and voltage rating shall
be considered.
 Different colour code shall be
used for different voltage levels.
 Segregation of wiring shall be
done for different voltage levels.
 Cross-ferruling system shall be
followed for internal wiring.
 Printed Ferrules.
 Solderless wire wrap connection
shall be preferred. All spare I/O
cards shall be kept wired up to
the terminal strips.
12. Painting  PLC enclosures shall be finish
painted as per shade no. 631
(light grey) of IS5:2007/ Powder
coated RAL 7032.
13. HMI System Requirements

13.1 Features Colour graphic system shall be online


real time system for remote operation,
control & monitoring of process
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.76
System, BSP
Sl. No. Specific aspects Technical features
functions. System shall be capable of
handling large control programs and
multiple HMI screens.
13.2 Functions  Drive control through graphic
(with station and control panel.
necessary  Status information of all drives/
systems etc.
software)
 Command execution
 Report generation.
 Data logging
 Dynamic graphic display
 System overview
 Real time/ historical trending etc.
 Event logging
 Alarm logging
 Future development of screens and
addition of tags shall be possible
using same licensed software
 Software modeling.
 Licensed Anti-virus software in all
HMIs with minimum license validity
of 3 years.
13.3 Operator’s Start/ stop of various equipment /drives
Commands and setting of parameters for the
system

3.7.4.3 Tests
 All routine tests as per relevant standards shall be carried out
by the Bidder at the manufacturer's works.
 Type/ routine test certificates for all items covered above shall
be furnished during inspection.

3.7.4.4 Desktop PC

CPU Intel Core i7, 4 MB L3 Cache or higher in


Same Series.
Motherboard Intel Q 57 or better on OEM Motherboard.
Bus Architecture Integrated Graphics, 2 PCI, 1 PCI Express x 1
and 1 PCI Express x 16

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.77
System, BSP
Memory 16 GB 1066 MHz DDR3 RAM
Hard Disk Drive 1 TB 7200 rpm Serial ATA HDD.
Monitor 24 inch TFT LCD/LED Colour Monitor.
Keyboard 104 Keys Keyboard
Mouse Optical Mouse
Bays 4 Nos. (2 Nos 5.25 inches for Optical Media
Drives and 2 Nos. 3.5 inches for Hard Disk
Drives).
Ports 6 USB Ports (With at least 2 in front), audio
ports for micro phone and head phone in
front
Cabinet Mini Tower
DVD RW Drive: 8X /24x/48xDVD RW ( DVD multi Recorder)
Networking Minimum 2 Nos 10/100/1000 MBPS network
facility port (UTP).
Operating Windows 7 Professional or latest.
system
OS certification Windows 7 Original OS Media CD with paper
license.
Power Screen Blanking, Hard Disk and System Idle
management Mode in Power On, Setup Password, Power
Supply SMPS Surge protected.
Preloaded Norton, McAfee, ETrust or equivalent
Software Licensed Anti-virus software in all PCs/Clients
with minimum license validity of 3 years
Warranty 3 Years on – site Comprehensive.

All the servers and client grade machines should have latest windows
based Operating System.
3.7.5 Equipment Specifications (Main Features)
1) Smart type pressure / differential pressure / flow transmitters
The electronic pressure transmitters shall have smart sensors.
Transmitters shall be with built in field digital indicator, three ways
manifold and mounting accessories etc. In case of flow measurement,
square root extractor shall be provided. The built-in indicator should

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.78
System, BSP
have provision for diagnostic information. The transmitters shall have
the following specifications:
Service
Liquid, gas and 79siphon applications
Range As per enclosed schedules.
Output 4-20 mA dc plus superimposed digital HART
communication signal for smart function.
Power supply 24 V, DC.
Power supply Maximum zero shift 0.005% of span / volt
variation effect change in power supply.
Load limit 600 ohms.
Zero adjustment Continuously adjustable (locally).
Ambient temp. 0 to 75oC limit.
Over press. Limit 200% of upper range limit.
Accuracy + 0.1% of span.
Linearity + 0.05% of span.
Elevation/suppre (-) 100% to (+) 100% of upper range limit.
ssion
Response time Step response, time constant: 0.2s.
Humidity limit 0-100% R.H.
RFI, EMI effect R.F.I. filter shall be built in. The output error
due to this shall be less than 0.1 % of span for
frequency up to 500MHz & field intensity
20v/m/60 to 120 dB.
Temperature Maximum zero shift + 0.5% up to 55.5oC
effect
Over pressure Maximum zero shift + 0.5% by 100% max.
effect Static pressure
Vibration effect + 0.05% of URL/g for frequency 15 to 150 Hz.
Mounting Rotation in plane of diaphragm should have
position no effect. Maximum zero shift 1.0% for 90
degree tilt.
Static pressure Zero shift less than 0.5% of span for pressure
effect change up to static pressure limit.
Response time Less than 0.1 sec.
Housing IP 67 as per IS 2147:1962
Mounting Suitable mounting on a 50 mm pipe support.
Accessories U-clamp, plate, fixing bolts etc.
Rangeability / Not less than 60 :1
Turndown ratio
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.79
System, BSP
Venting facility Through vent plug
Stability 0.2% of span over a period of 3 years

2) Smart Temperature Transmitter


The smart temperature transmitter shall be used for converting mV
signal received from a T/C or resistance signal from a 3- wire resistance
temperature detector into output signal of two wire 4-20 mA DC with
superimposed digital signal for communication on HART protocol. For
thermocouple input the temperature transmitter shall be with built in
cold junction compensation unit. The transmitter shall have built-in field
indicator (digital) for having provision of diagnostic information. The
temperature transmitter shall have following specifications:
Input  T/C input - Type K or S as per IS
2054/2055; 1962
 RTD input - Pt-100 as per IS 2848;1986
4-20 mA dc (Load resistance 0-600 ohms or
Output more) with superimposed digital signal for
communication on HART protocol. Output
shall be linear with temperature. Built-in
digital indicator shall display temperature in
engg. unit & site selectable.
Power supply 24 V DC
Ambient (-) 40oC to (+) 85oC
Temperature
Humidity 0-100 %
Accuracy + 0.25 % of full span
Range The range selected shall be continuously
adjustment adjustable throughout the range.
Accessories i)U-clamp, plate etc. ii) smart software (1
set).
Stability 0.2% of span over a period of 3 years
3) Resistance Temperature Detectors (RTD)
The resistance elements shall be of platinum (R0=100 Ohm) conforming
to Grade-B IS-2848-1986. The element shall be duplex ungrounded with
3 wire connection. The element shall be wound on ceramic block.
External Teflon / fibre glass insulated silver wires which connect the
element to the terminal head shall be screwed. The elements shall have
specifications as follows:
Response time Better than 40 seconds with well and 15
seconds without well
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.80
System, BSP
Accuracy As per DIN-43760.
Protective Tube  Material-SS 316 Stainless.
 Filling – Magnesium Oxide (Purity- above
99.4%)
 OD- 8 mm or as required.
Loading Spring loaded to ensure positive contact with
well. Rotation of insert with respect to head
& resultant twisting of leads shall be
prevented.
Terminal Head Die cast Al painted with black enamel paint.
Material
Terminal Brass screw type – silver plated
Cable ¾” Cable gland complete with neoprene / 81
iphon / grommet to suit cable
Terminal head Shall have gasket and SS chain
cover
Terminal head NEMA-4 screwed type or equivalent
Type (removable from sheath).
Insulation The insulation resistance between terminal
and the sheath shall not be less than 10 M
Ohms at 250 V dc at room temperature.
Immersion As applicable
length
Tests As per IS 2848:1986.
Accessories  External nipples with thermo-well
connection,
 Adjustable Compression fittings / unions
for variable insertion,
 SS 304/316 thermo-well as per ASME 193
with process connection as required,
 3m long PVC insulated metallic flexible
conduit with end fittings.
 Thermo-well ( as per specification to be
supplied)

4) Digital Indicator
Digital process indicators shall receive signal directly from the respective
transmitters and display the same in actual engineering units.

Display Red / Green LED seven segment digits digital display

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.81
System, BSP
Accuracy 0.5%
Alarm High and low alarm indicator and selectable for each
channel
Alarm 0-100 % range
setting
Alarm 2 points/input
output
Digital 15 mm minimum
height
Input 4-20 mA DC analogue, isolated; Impedance- 1 Mohm
Output Alarm output of 0.1 A at 220V AC, isolated dry
contact with NO or NC contact selectable by key pad.
Power 220 V, 50Hz, + & - 15%.
supply
Mounting Flush panel having back panel connectors suitable for
1.5 sq. mm wire. The cut-out size shall be indicated.
5) Pressure Gauge (with alarm contact)
Direct mounted SS 316 bourdon / capsule type pressure gauge with SS
3 – way cock, mounting accessories and suitable for bottom / back
entry. For steam application the pressure gauge shall be with built-in
siphon. For viscous fluids / slurries application / LPG the pressure gauge
shall be with built-in SS diaphragm separator. The specification of the
pressure gauge (with alarm contact) shall generally be as follow:
Type Direct
Mounting On line (Local)
Dial size 150 mm
Case Cast Aluminum
Blowout protection Required
Moving parts material SS 316
Accuracy + 2%
Process Connection 1/2 “ BSPT(M)
Contract assembly Low & high
Contact rating 5A at 240 V AC, 2A at 240 V DC,
6) Temperature Gauge (with alarm contact)
The specification of the temperature gauge (with alarm contact) shall
generally be as follow:

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.82
System, BSP
Type Direct
Range 0-150oC
Mounting On line (Local)
Dial size 150 mm
Case Cast Aluminium
Accuracy + 2%
Process Connection 1/2 “ BSPT(M)
7) Radar Type Level Measurement system(Continuous) for Hoppers
and new Silo
Type Radar Type level measurement
system(Continuous)
Range 0-25 metre
Calibrated Range 0-8 metre
Ambient temperature -40 to 60oC
Type of Connection Uni Flange
Antenna Type Horn Antenna
Degree of protection IP-88
Housing Type Transmitter housing dual
compartment, Aluminium
coated
Mounting Top from Bunker
Air pressure requirement for 6 bar (max)
purging
Excitation power supply 9-32V DC
through UPS
Communication Interface 4-20 mA HART Type
transmitter
Accuracy +/-3mm(sum of non linearity,
non repeatability and
hysteresis)
Response time 1 sec Max
Worst case error +/-7mm(sum of non linearity,
non repeatability and
hysteresis)
Signal Correction Yes
Remote calibration Yes
Display type LCD display

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.83
System, BSP
Diagnostic capability Yes
Insensitive to polarity Yes

8) DC Voltage Power Pack


The power pack shall be suitably designed to provide output voltage of
+ 24 VDC & adjustable + 10% of the rated voltage and load current
limit from 115% down to 10% of the rated current. The power pack shall
be fully protected against over load and short circuit. RFI filter shall be
incorporated in the input line to prevent RF interference from main
supply. The output voltage shall be electrically floating from the ground.
Setting regulation shall be at least 20mV, load regulation + 0.2% with
transient recovery of approx. 100usec. It shall have recovery within
regulation band for a load change from 10% to 90% and the output
adjustability from 20.4V to 32.4V. The ripple and noise shall be within
1mv rms. The unit shall be provided with voltmeter and ammeter.
9) Alarm Annunciator
i) The annunciator system shall be solid state type with optical isolation for
input signals.
ii) When test button is pressed, all lamps of one annunciator group shall light
up and horn shall sound. Each annunciator group shall be independent,
complete with its own power supply, audible alarms, acknowledge- reset-
test buttons and other necessary accessories.
iii) The annunciator shall be of integral logic & lamp box, and windows shall be
interchangeable, plug-in type. Audible alarm (hooter) shall be mounted
inside the panel. Acknowledge, reset & test push buttons shall be mounted
on the control desk part.
iv) The annunciator system shall be suitable for operation from both NO and NC
type initiating contacts. Necessary electrical isolation shall be provided
between the field wiring & electronic circuitry of the annunciator to prevent
spurious operation due to external disturbances.
v) On each annunciator window, inscription shall be engraved on translucent
glass or plastic windows and shall be visible clearly when the indication
lamps are lighted (black letters on white background). Each window shall be
provided with two lamps.
vi) The specifications are as follows:-
Mounting Flush panel
Power supply 220 V, 50 Hz AC , + &- 15%
Power 1.5 W per window.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.84
System, BSP
consumption
Contact 24 V dc.
Interrogation
voltage
Contact on alarms Fail-safe
Features “Test”, “Reset” &”Acknowledge”,
pushbuttons.
Display White translucent (Back lighted).
Enclosure IP-30 as per IS 2147:1962
Lamps per Alarm Two.
First-up features Yes.
Hooters Electronic hooters having volume
control facility.
Mounting Required.
Accessories
10) HART Universal Hand held field communicator
It shall be microprocessor based unit and to be used for establishing
two way communications between smart transmitters and the user over
the existing signal lines. The unit shall be provided with weather proof
cover carrying Ni-Cd rechargeable battery pack and a charger.
The hand held unit shall have minimum following functions:
i) Selectable communication mode for either 4-20 mA DC or digital
communication mode
ii) Shall display all configuration parameters, PRM/ serial no., tag number,
scratch pad memory on at least two line LCD displays for displaying
actual engineering unit.
iii) Shall be able to verify/ configure loop operation, loop calibration and
trouble shooting
iv) Shall have data back-up for Rosemount, ABB, FUJI & YBL smart
transmitters
11) Paperless Recorder
The recorder shall be multipoint and multifunction and shall record and
display analogue and discrete data. It shall have high resolution LCD
display capable of displaying 16 different colours simultaneously. The
recorder shall accept thermocouple, RTD, mA, mV and volts inputs. The
facility shall be to store the data on CD RW / 31/2 floppy disk / hard
disk with an option for serial communication link RS 232/ RS 485. Data
shall be either live (real time inputs) or historically retrieved. It shall have
option for math packages for calculations with totalizers. The resolution

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.85
System, BSP
shall be 12 bits (min), 0.025 % for 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA DC current and 1-
5V DC output. The display attributes shall be as follows:-
Type: Colour / LCD active matrix
Screen size: 144 mm x 88 mm (minimum)
Resolution: 640 x 640 pixels (minimum)
Update rate: 1 second (minimum)
Trend time base: 5 min to 24 hrs/screen
Data storage: Shall automatically calculate storage time base on storage
schedule
Input type: mV, V, mA, Thermocouple, RTD,
No. of channels: 12 (max)
12) Dust Density Monitor(Opacity type Continuous)
Basis of measurement Optical measurement method or
better method for measuring fine
sinter dust at the inlet to the
existing stack.
Measuring distance Up to 18 m
Function To measure dust content in
emission 30 mg/Nm3 to 100
mg/Nm3
Density measurement Selectable range (5 nos.)
Ambient Temperature -50 to +500 C
Optical source Tungsten/Halogen filled quartz
reflector and envelope (20,000
hours lamp life)
Photo detector Dual silicon cell
System accuracy < 2% of full scale
Response time 10 sec. (max.)
Zero drift Auto-correction
Span drift < 2% of full scale
Output 2x4-20 mA DC
Mounting As required
Protection class IP65 (IS2147,1962)
Calibration system Complete with all accessories
necessary for system.
The Dust density monitor shall have provision of large Purge air
blowers to overcome positive pressure with large capacity
automotive filter system, Microprocessor based remote digital
display with multi-range capability, Control room indicators,
Fault status indication/alarm, Viewing lens with focusing

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.86
System, BSP
arrangement, Rugged O ring sealed housing, Safety shutters
etc.
In addition to purge air blowers for opacity meter, provision for
purging using plant nitrogen/compressed air from the available
source of compressed air near Fan-2 of Central Exhaust station
shall be provided.

There shall be at least two 4-20mA output available from the


opacity meter. One shall be connected to the automation
system and other shall be available for connecting to CPCB
server. In addition RS-485 / Ethernet communication port shall
be available on the transmitter.

3.7.6 Control Panels & Cabinets

1) The control panels shall be of 2250 mm height and cabinet type


construction each dedicated to one sinter band (two ESPs) or as per the
requirement of instrumentation systems. The panels shall be
manufactured from cold rolled carbon steel sheet confirming to IS 513-
1992. Panels shall be manufactured of 3 mm thick sheet except for
doors which can be of 2 mm thick sheets.

2) The panels shall be free standing type and of welded/ bolted


construction. All welds shall be ground smooth, all corners are rounded
and all weld spatters shall be cleared. Surface of panels shall be free
from all mars & defects. The finished panel shall be flat with in 2 mm in
any 2 meter radius and shall be smooth. Removable eye bolt lifting lugs
shall be furnished and installed in all panels.

3) All instrument cut outs and drilling shall be straight and through. All
panels shall be supported on suitably sized vibration isolators, designed
for bolting to panel frame and flooring. Access doors on enclosed
panels shall be 750 mm wide by 1800 mm high, single sheet with
suitable latch, hooks, knobs on inside and outside and shall open
forward.

4) The panel surface shall be thoroughly degreased, smoothed phosphate,


filled and painted with rust resistant primer to present a flat and smooth
finish.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.87
System, BSP
5) The front panels shall be primed and given at least two under coats and
minimum two finish coats to provide a smooth mat finish. Preferred
paint schedules are -
i) Exterior surface - Light grey shade no.631 of IS-5, 1991 in semi-gloss
finish.
ii) Interior surfaces shall be painted with Brilliant white enamel.
All the above paints shall be air-drying type.

6) The legend plates of non-conducting material shall be installed on


panel face for identification. The overall dimensions of name plates shall
preferably be 20 x 80 mm.

3.7.6.1 Electrical Accessories and Wiring


1) All electrical accessories e.g. circuit breakers, control switches, push-
buttons, panel lighting fixtures, light switches, receptacles, horns, etc.
required for the panel shall be provided.
2) Electrical accessories shall be suitable for the environment of specific
location. Devices mounted on control room panels shall be flush
mounted.
3) All panel wiring except power and thermocouple circuits shall be done
with 1100 V grade PVC insulated, 1.5 Sq. mm stranded copper
conductor. Wiring shall be continuous between terminal points without
splicing and shall terminate on solder less type wire connections at the
instruments and to terminal blocks.
4) All incoming and outgoing wires except the thermocouple lead wires
shall be routed through heavy duty carrier type, single depth terminal
blocks having flanged partitions between terminals.
5) All terminals blocks shall include minimum 20% spare terminals and
shall not have terminal screws smaller than 4 mm.
6) All wires shall run in suitable plastic wiring sleeves between terminal
ends. Wires shall be plainly and durably labeled at both ends with non-
conducting materials for easy identification and must conform to wire
labeling scheme shown on electrical inter connection drawings-
7) Cabinet type panels shall be fitted with fluorescent tube of suitable size
and energized through door switch. The internal illumination shall be
350-400 lux/Sq.m.
8) One spare socket 240 V - 3 pin, 15/5 Amp shall be provided in each
cabinet type panel for soldering iron etc.
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.88
System, BSP
3.7.6.2 Cables and Cable Laying
1) All control cables shall be conforming to IS: 1554, 1988 or relevant
Indian Standards as applicable. All the cables shall be of FRLS grade.
2) The power wiring within the cubicles shall be done with minimum 2.5
Sq. mm Copper Conductor.
3) The signal cables from sensor to the junction box shall be 3x1.5 mm sq
copper conductor multistrand, armoured and screened type and shall
have drain wire of copper.
4) Multi core cables can be drawn from the junction box to the control
panel. These cables shall also be multistrand type with conductor cross
section of 1.5 mm sq, armoured and screened type with drain wire of
copper for each triplet and overall drain.
5) Cable entry to the panels/junction boxes shall be through suitable
removable gland plates and glands.
6) Parallel run of instrument cables and power cables shall normally be
avoided but where parallel run must be made, suitable cable spacing
shall be provided.
7) Crossing of power and control cables shall be done at right angles. All
cables must be laid on GI trays mounted on rigid supports at suitable
interval to avoid sagging.
8) Signal, power and compensating cables shall be laid on separate G.I.
trays with minimum separation as per relevant standard.
9) GI trays shall be mounted with their breadth in Vertical plane to protect
cables from falling objects, accumulation of dust. If plates are provided
horizontally these shall be provided with removable covers and shall be
supported to avoid sagging.
10) Clips and saddles securing cables to steelworks or tray shall preferably
be plastic covered materials and shall be spaced at 0.5 mtr interval.
11) All cables shall be suitably identified with their tag numbers duly
clamped at an interval of 5 meters.
3.7.7 Impulse pipe laying
1) All impulse piping in general shall be given a slope of not less than 1 in
12 except where otherwise specified. The scope of impulse pipe work
shall be done from the tapping point for liquids, steam and
condensable and up from the tapping points for gases unless specific
provisions are made for venting and drawing.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.89
System, BSP
2) Vents and drains shall be ensured at the highest or lowest of piping run
respectively. Impulse pipelines shall be kept as short as possible
consistent with good practice and accessibility. Piping and tubing shall
be adequately supported and fixed at distances not exceeding 1.5 m.
3) All trays and supports shall be securely fixed to structural steel work as
per normal practice.
3.7.8 ESP Control Room
ESP control room shall be used to accommodate the micro-processor
based control equipment, Alarm & Annunciation system, Fire Detection
& Alarm system, Communication system, Dust Density measurement
system etc. The room shall be air-conditioned and shall be located in 1st
floor of the building.
3.7.9 Automatic Fire Detection System
a) Automatic Fire Detection & Alarm System shall be provided in the
following areas:
i) Electrical premises
ii) False ceilings of ESP control rooms under this project
iii) Other rooms/areas like TR set rooms, TR panel rooms, etc.

b) The fire detection & alarm system shall be microprocessor based


intelligent addressable type and shall be capable of giving early warning
in case of smoke and fire. The system shall be designed keeping in view
continuous and reliable performance in environment generally
prevailing in Steel Plant complex. The system shall be complete with
Rate-of-Rise Heat detectors, main control panel, repeater panel,
hooters, response indicators, manual call points, FRLS cables, etc.
Specification shall conform to NFPA/EN norms. The FDA system shall
have a battery backup of minimum 24 hours. The FDA panel shall be
microprocessor based intelligent type and of same make as detector
and networkable.
c) It shall provide early warning in case of fire so that the same can be
extinguished in time and the whole premises, equipment and lives of
personnel can be saved.
d) Hot redundancy is preferred in the FACP control unit & other critical
component like CPU, memory, memory control, power supply cards,
RAM etc. to ensure uninterrupted operation of the FDA system. The
standby cards shall perform the entire functions of the system when the
main CPU & other control cards fail without affecting the functioning of

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.90
System, BSP
FDA system. Any failure of cards shall be brought to the notice by audio
– visual alarm.
e) Networking of individual FDA systems shall be established in suitably
designed Ethernet bus which shall be connected to plant wide area
network of BSP to make the alarms available at fire service end of BSP.
f) Main fire alarm control panel, detectors & all the addressable electronic
components of the FDA system shall be UL listed/LPCB/Vds approved.
All the items as above (except the response indicators and sirens) shall
be supplied from one single manufacturer.
g) Design, installation, testing of detectors, main panel and other
components shall be done as per latest version of EN-54, NFPA 72 & IS
2189.
h) The system shall operate on 230 V AC. Main control panel shall have a
display of minimum 600 characters. The system shall have sufficient no.
of loop cards (with 20 % spare) and programmable control modules to
interface with fire extinguishing systems. The detectors shall have
features like device wrapping, environment compensation etc.
3.7.10 Specification for IP CCTV System:

3.7.10.1 Server hardware: The VMS server shall have following minimum
architecture:
1) Hex-Core Intel Xeon 3400 Series, 3.2GHz Processors or higher, 16MB
cache.
2) 8GB RAM minimum with 4 SATA port motherboard.
3) Support for RAID 0, 1, 5.
4) Hard Disk storage 600GB (SSD preferably) for OS and application
software or as per system requirement.
5) 2 no. Gigabit Ethernet, 2 no. RJ-45 ports for network connection.
6) Graphics card NVDIA/OEM supporting 32-bit colour and with minimum
4GB video RAM.
7) It should be possible to support a dual Network Interface Card
configured as follows:
 100/1000 Mbps NIC for video transmission to Operator Stations
 100/1000 Mbps NIC for video transmission from camera streamers
8) Windows server 2012 R2 (or latest) as applicable.
9) DVD writer latest
10) Amplifier speaker (1+2) & headphone
11) Any other software/item (as required) to make the system operational

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.91
System, BSP
3.7.10.2 Hardware for Operating Station/Workstation
The Operator Station shall have as a minimum the following hardware
and Operating System components required to support digital video
integration and shall be latest at the time of delivery:
1) Intel ® i7 750 2.66 GHz or latest
2) 8 GB DDR4 RAM
3) 100/1000 Mbps NIC
4) 1 TB SATA 7200 rpm 6Gb/s 3.5” HDD
5) NVIDIA 2GB Independent Graphic Card
6) Compatible browser/interface for viewing
7) Ports required to be connected to supplied LED display
8) Windows 10 Professional 64-bit / 32-bit
9) Required software including Antivirus with 03 years license.

3.7.10.3 Operator Keyboard


The keyboard modules shall include a joystick for precise PTZ control,
jog/shuttle for playback control and pattern control. The keyboard shall
have back lit buttons and additional LED Display to read Camera /
Monitor No / Address that work in conjunction with the feature being
used. It compatible with IP CCTV System though client workstations.
The keyboard shall have minimum following design and performance
specifications.
Power Supply Specifications:

Input Voltage 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz


Output Voltage 12 VDC
Power Output 20 W
Input Connector Type Universal, interchangeable
Output Connector Type 2.5 mm screw-on barrel
Keyboard Base Specifications:

Keyboard Interface USB 2.0


Cable USB, captive, 16.4 ft (5.0 m)
Input Voltage 12 VDC
Input Current 1.3 A (maximum)
Upstream Port USB 2.0 (USB type B connector)

3.7.10.4 Large Screen Display (LSD) 40’’ LED


The LED display shall have following specification:

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.92
System, BSP
1) Display resolution: 1920p x 1080p
2) Dynamic contrast ratio 1,00,000:1 or better
3) Brightness: 500cd / sw. m
4) Viewing angle: 178˚ (H) / 178˚ (V) or better
5) Motion response time: 4 ms or better
6) Colour reproduction: 10 bits minimum or better
7) Connectivity: AV1 / VGA & SVGA, front/ side connections: HDMI (HDMI1
& HDMI2); RJ-45; S-video; headphone; USB 2.0/3.0 (Direct AV play);
monitor out, PC-in VGA required.
8) Features: Remote control pass through, system standby, system audio
control, one touch play, Wakeup clock, Sleep timer.
9) Screen enhancement: Semi-glare / anti-reflection coated.
10) Speakers: 1 way 2 speaker system or better
11) Audio output: 10W+10W with surround system or better
12) Remote control: required.

3.7.10.5 Network Attached Storage


The NAS shall have following specification:
1) Processor : Intel Xeon E3 - 1275 V3 or better
2) Clock Speed 3.2 GHz
3) Cache Memory : 16 MB or better
4) Max Front Bus : 1500 M Hz or better
5) Type of Storage : i-SCSI Type (as per system requirement)
6) Installed Memory : 8 GB , DDR3 - 1666 ECC UNB ( 1 x 8 GB )
7) Storage Type : NL - SAS or SAS , 16 Tray @ 3.5 " SATA
8) RAID Configuration : RAID 0, 1, 5 or better
9) Optical Storage : DVD – RW
10) SAS RAID Card 8 Port LSI 3108 SAS3 Controller
11) Power Supply : 190 - 240 VAC / 50 Hz
12) Power Consumption : 500 W with 90% efficiency or better
13) Power Supply Redundancy : Platinum Grade or better
14) USB2.0/3.0 Port : Total 6 Nos
15) Network Port : Dual Gigabit LAN and SFP combo interface
16) Operating Temp : 10˚ C to 50˚ C at up to 90% RH or better
17) Built-in in Recording Software (ONVIF compliant)
18) Storage Capacity: minimum 50 TB usable (raw storage value calculation
to be submitted by bidder).

3.7.10.6 L2 Network Switch (4port/8 port)


The switches shall have following specifications / features:

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.93
System, BSP
Characteristi Specification
c
Architecture Layer-2 Switch
Required Port The switch should have 8x10/100BaseTx (Auto
Density Sensing, Auto MDIX, PoE/ PoE+), 1 Gigabit
stacking/uplink RJ45 ports with 2 x 100/1000Base-SFP
ports. All the ports shall be populated from day 1.
Switching Switching bandwidth should be Min. 3.6Gbps or
Bandwidth/ higher.
Backplane
Throughput Performance throughput should be 2.4Mpps or higher
for the minimum packet size of 64 Bytes
Interface GBIC/SFP/SFP+, 1000BaseSX, 1000BaseLX
Supported
Functionality Functionality at Half Duplex and Full Duplex speed
MAC Address MAC Address support : Min. 8000MAC address
VLAN IEEE 802.1Q VLAN support for at least 250 VLANs
RMON Embedded RMON: 4 groups of RMON (Statistics,
Alarm, Events, History)
Standards IEEE 802.1p prioritization with min. four priority
Supported queues
IEEE 802.3x Flow control
IEEE 802.3ad Link aggregation
IEEE 802.1w, IEEE 802.1d
IEEE 802.1s
Management Management through Web View (Web Based
capability Management or GUI based management, CLI)/
Telnet/SNMPv1/v2/v3/ Console/RMON
Others Rack Mountable with rack mounting hardware
Features
Quality of Four Egress queues per port
Service Traffic prioritization
802.1p support
Port Mirroring
Manageability The switch should support Web-based Management.
The switch should have RMON Support per Port
(events, alarms, history, statistics)
Security Security: 802.1x, MAC port Locking, RADIUS, ACL
(Access Control List)

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.94
System, BSP
Product To comply with CE Regulations, UL/ IEC etc. standards
Safety

3.7.10.7 L3 Network Switch (24 ports)


The switches shall have following specifications/features:
Characteristic Specification
Architecture & Layer-3 Switch Modular/Chassis, 19” Rack
Configuration Mountable
Required Port 24x100/1000BaseT ports (PoE/ PoE+), 4x1000BaseLX
Density ports all ports should be switched ports. All the ports
shall be populated from day 1 with the Switch OEM
Make
Interfaces GBIC/SFP/SFP+, 10/100/1000BaseT, 1000BaseSX,
Supported 1000BaseLX.
Redundancy Dual redundant hot swappable, load sharing power
supply
Performance Min. 96Gbps switching fabric, Min.60Mpps
forwarding rate. Should be wire speed switching and
routing capabilities and non-blocking architecture
Supports Should have the following :
IEEE 802.3x (flow control)
IEEE 802.1p (prioritization)
IEEE 802.1x (Security)
IEEE 802.1q (V-LAN)
IEEE 802.3z (Gigabit on Fiber), 10G support
IEEE 802.3ab (Gigabit on Copper)
IEEE 802.1w (Rapid reconfiguration of spanning tree)
IEEE 802.3ad (Link Aggregation)
IP routing and RIPv1 and RIPv2, OSPF, HSRP/VRRP
(Optional), UDP, ICMP, TCP, ARP.
Should support IPv6 Addressing Architecture.
Hitless upgrade of the IOS, capability to store
multiple configuration files, Date, day and time
based event sensitivity and dynamic auto re-
configuration capability.
MAC Address MAC Address support : Min. 16000MAC address
V-LAN Should support : 4000 V-LAN (min.)
Security Access control list, TACACS, TACACS+, SSH, RADIUS,
SSLv3

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.95
System, BSP
Management SNMP, Web based or GUI, Telnet, RMON (4 groups)
and command Line Interface.
Accessories a) Cable & Connector: Power/Data Cables Included.
b) SM OFC Patch Chord (Min. 2M length): SC-LC &
LC-LC type 05 Nos. each and Cat-6 UTP 2M Patch
Chord 20 Nos. of approved make for passive
component
To comply with CE Regulations, UL/ IEC etc.
Product Safety
standards
3.7.10.8 IR- Dome PTZ
The IP Dome camera shall have day/night dome network camera with
a high performance, network camera offering the latest in digital video
surveillance in an ultra-compact and vandal resistant camera. It should
combine video performance with the IP networking technology
providing streaming MPEG-4/MJPEG/H.264 images.
When the light level drops too low for accurate video identification in
colour, the camera automatically switches to black and white video to
capture more detail. For additional control, the on-board alarm input
can be configured to switch the camera from day to night mode to
allow synchronized with external lighting.
Technical Specifications:
Image Device : Progressive SCAN - CMOS ( 1/2.8" - 1/3" )
HD PTZ camera with 1080 p resolution/Effective pixel : 1980 (H) x 1220
(V) or better
Light Sensitivity : 0.17 Lux @Colour & 0.035 Lux ( B/W ) / IR - 0 Lux
Auto Varifocal Lens : 30 X at 2.0 Mega Pixel or better
Focus : Auto with Manual override
Iris : Auto with Manual override ( F 1.6 - F 5.0 )
Audio : Compression G.711 / L16 / AAC or better .
Night Vision ( IR Range ) : Minimum 180 Mtr or better
Protocol : IPV4 / IP V6 , TCP / IP , HTTP , SMTP or equivalent
Analytics : Motion Detection & Tamper Alarm
PoE as per IEEE 802.3af
Interface: RJ 45, 100 Base TX
Back light Compensation
Auto White Balance
Micro SDXC card with minimum 30 days local video recording in 4 CIF
& 25 FPS or better; SD / Micro SD card support up to 2 TB or better
Fully Compatible with ONVIF Software through API
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.96
System, BSP
Quad Streaming ( 2 Nos H.264 + MJPEG + I-Frame ) or better
Operating Temp 0 - 60 ˚ C & operating humidity 85% RH or better.
International Quality compliance UL & EN and IEC 6095X ( all of them )
Camera housing and mounting with PSU with IP 66 Protection.
ONVIF Compliance : Profile S
Certification: CE and UL

3.7.10.9 Digital Keyboard


The keyboard shall conform to the following technical specification:
1. Joystick based keyboard for easy PTZ operation.
2. Integrated with IP CCTV through Client workstation USB Port.
3. Soft Key for selection with back lit facility.
4. LED Display for camera no. / Identification.
5. Operating inside control room / IP 32 Protection.
6. UL Certified for performance & operation.

3.7.10.10 Racks for Server, Storage, Switch & UPS: Enclosure 24U (for control
room), 6U wall mounted (for other locations)
The Rack shall conform to the following technical specification:
1. Frame: CRCA Steel Frame w/ MS profiles, Matt finish and removable
side panels
2. Front door with glass & lock
3. 2 x PDU Socket, 32 Amps Industrial Male/Female sockets with cable.
4. Fan Housing Unit with fans.

3.8 CIVIL WORKS


3.8.1 Design Criteria
3.8.1.1 This specification covers the design criteria for all Civil Engineering
works at Bhilai Steel Plant, Bhilai, District Durg, Chhattishgarh. The term
‘Design Criteria’ includes loading standards, permissible stresses,
functional requirements and quality standards to be adopted as a basis
for preparation of design and drawings by the Contractor. These
designs and drawings will cover building for production and non
production facilities, auxiliary facilities, ancillary buildings and structures,
foundations for building & equipment, roads, railways, drains, sewers
and other miscellaneous Civil Engineering items of work to be provided
and/or to be modified/rectified by the contractor.
3.8.1.2 The designs prepared by the Contractor shall not only provide for the
requirements indicated in this specification but also consider the overall
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.97
System, BSP
process requirements, service conditions and provision to be made for
future expansion. The design shall be compatible with the operating
conditions in the plant and the atmospheric conditions prevalent at
Bhilai. This being a construction project in working plant while
designing and preparing new facilities the contractor shall take into
account the structures, foundations, drains, sewers, roads, railway
network etc. of the existing units and modify them, if found necessary,
too much with the new ones. Adequate natural lighting & ventilation
shall be planned and provided for all buildings.
3.8.1.3 Standards and unification shall be carried out to the maximum extent
possible and in the interest of standardization, BSP reserves the right of
selecting a particular make of materials and components. The contractor
shall supply materials/components of the particular make, if so required.
1. Standards
a) The design criteria for Civil Engineering work shall be in accordance with
this specification. Unless otherwise mentioned in the specification, all
applicable codes and standards as published by the Bureau of Indian
Standards on the date of award of contract shall govern the work in
respect of design, detail engineering, construction / erection, quality,
properties of materials and method of testing.
b) The design, detail and execution of civil engineering works shall be as
per the latest code of practice prepared by the Bureau of Indian
Standards (IS) Specifications/ Indian Road Congress and Specifications
published by Ministry of shipping & Transport (MOST). In the absence
of suitable IS specification and Codes of practices, other recognized
international standards and codes such as of International Standards
Organization (ISO), British Standards Institution (BSI), Deutsche
Industries Norm (DIN), American International Standards Institution
(AISI), Inter Plant Standard Specification (IPSS) shall be followed.
Contractor will furnish design & drawings for all facilities. General
Technical specification prepared by Bhilai Steel Plant shall also be
followed in the absence of any standard.
c) Clearances for the railway tracks & roads shall conform to the Standard
requirements of BSP.
d) In respect of pollution control, environment, safety, sanitary and
hygienic requirements & all other statutory requirements; the
stipulations & rules of Departments/Agencies of the Govt. of India,
stipulations of the Indian Factories Act, Government Safety Rules,
Stipulations & rules of Chhattisgarh Government, other statutory
authorities, Bhilai Steel Plant shall be followed.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.98
System, BSP
e) In case anything mentioned in this specification is at variance with IS or
other codes of specification mentioned herein, the provisions of this
specification will prevail.
2. Concrete and Reinforced Concrete for Structures and Foundations
a) Concrete work shall secure a dense, homogeneous, smooth mass
including required finishes, possessing required strength and resistance
to weathering and abrasion for the structures and foundations
b) Design of all reinforced concrete structures shall be as per the latest IS:
456–2000. The structural safety of all foundations on soil shall, in
general, be based on IS: 1904–1986. The allowable settlement of
foundations shall be as per technological / system requirement or as
per IS: 456-2000. For building structures allowable settlement shall not
exceed 40 mm.
c) For open foundations, the depth of foundation shall be determined
based on loading on foundations and bearing capacity at the founding
level, constructional and technological requirements. However, in no
case shall be the foundation is taken down to less than 600 mm below
natural ground level in case of soil and 200 mm in case of rocky strata.
Also, in no case foundation shall be placed on the filled up soil and the
depth of the foundation shall be taken up to the depths where the
virgin soil strata is found. Extra depth shall be filled with PCC M5B.
d) For calculation purpose ‘Limit State Design’ methods shall be adopted.
e) The minimum grade of RCC shall be M 25 and PCC shall be M10.
However, PCC of grade M5 shall be used for mass filling.
3. Load Condition
a) All foundations and concrete structures shall be designed to resist full
operating dead and live loads, with due allowance for impact, inertia
loading, vibration etc. While designing structures and foundations either
the effect of seismic forces or wind loads, whichever produces the worst
effect, shall be considered along with usual load conditions.
b) Concentrated and uniformly distributed live load on floors and
platforms shall be considered depending upon the usage and in
accordance with maximum expected process requirements, to be
indicated by the equipment manufacturers. The effect of concentrated
load shall not be reduced. Due allowance shall be made, wherever
necessary, for installation and operation of any equipment as per
equipment manufacturer's data and recommendations. The design shall
be based on the maximum loading due to uniform live load and/or
equipment loading including impact, vibrations, direct load etc.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.99
System, BSP
c) Supporting structures and foundations for equipment, which may cause
impact or vibration, shall be designed for the dynamic effect of
equipment together with the direct loads as per IS. The dynamic loads
and other relevant data required for analyzing the dynamic effect shall
be as per manufacturer’s data and recommendations. Structures and
foundations supporting vibrating, rotating and reciprocating equipment
shall be proportioned to avoid resonant frequencies and impact. The
dynamic analysis shall be done as per the stipulations as recommended
by respective IS codes as well as the stipulations recommended by the
equipment manufacturers. Care shall be taken while designing such
structures and foundations to avoid resonant frequencies and excessive
amplitude of vibration. All foundations of major vibratory equipment
shall be isolated from building column foundations and adjoining floors.
d) In case of moving loads, full load under worst operating conditions
together with minimum 25% vertical impact factor shall be considered
for vehicles and machinery traveling on tracks (rails). Horizontal forces
along and transverse to the rails as per equipment manufacturers’ data
and recommendations shall be considered in the design of the track
supporting structures & foundations
e) Design wind pressure and forces shall be as per the provisions of IS: 875
(part-3)-1987. Stresses induced due to dynamic effect of wind shall be
considered in design as per relevant IS codes. The max wind speed
expected in this area as per IS 875-1987 is 39m/sec.and accordingly
loads shall be adopted. Design for tall slender structures such as towers,
chimneys etc. shall take into consideration the forces included by wind
excited oscillations. Aero-dynamic stability of such structures shall be
established. Stresses induced due to dynamic effect of wind shall be
considered in design as per relevant IS codes.
f) Seismic forces shall be considered according to the provisions of IS:
1893- (All Parts).1984, 2002. Model analysis will be necessary in case of
stack like structures in accordance with IS codes
g) The stress of each structural member shall be calculated on the worst
loading combination according to the actual operating condition.
Basically dead loads, imposed loads, soil and hydrostatic pressure,
erection load, wind load etc. shall be combined as per IS 875 (All Parts)
1987.
h) Due consideration in design shall be kept for temporary loads which
may be lifted during erection and maintenance of plant and equipment.
Consideration shall also be made in the design of structures to the
contributing loads from piping, cabling including provisions for piping
anchors and dead-ending of electrical conductors. While designing

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.100
System, BSP
foundation/Structures the loads due to future extension of units and
installation of additional equipment shall be considered wherever
necessary.
i) For part of the structures below ground level such as basement floors
and walls, the pressure exerted by the soil, water & surcharge shall be
considered on the basis of established theories. While designing, due
consideration of surcharge loads whether stationary or moving is also to
be taken care of. All foundation and slabs subjected to water pressure
shall be designed to resist a uniformly distributed uplift equal to the full
hydrostatic pressure. Checking of overturning of foundation under
submerged condition shall be done considering buoyant weight of
foundation.
j) Proportioning of the foundation shall be made in such a way that the
static + dynamic pressure shall not be greater than 75% of the allowable
bearing pressure. The minimum grade of concrete shall be M25 Gr with
min reinforcement steel content of 40 kg/m3. All machine foundations
will be isolated from building floor and foundations. Vibrating
foundations shall be checked for resonance. Generally, minimum
thickness of the base shall be not less than 0.5 m to produce the rigid
foundation
k) Members subjected to high temperature variations shall be designed to
withstand the stresses arising out of such temperature variations. The
structures shall be designed to withstand the stresses arising out of
such temperature variation. The temperature effect shall be taken as per
IS: 875 (part 5)-1987.
l) Generally loading specified in the IS 875-1987 (part 1 to 5) shall be
adopted; however the following minimum is required to be followed:
DEAD LOADS: -
Dead Loads shall be calculated from the actual unit weight and
principal unit weights are given below: -
Plain Cement Concrete : 2.4 t/m3
Reinforced Cement Concrete : 2.5 t/m3
Brick Masonry work : 1.92 t/m3
Soil (above the ground water level) : 1.7 to 2.0 t/m3
Soil (below the ground water level) : 0.7 to 1.0 t/m3
Steel : 7.85t/m3
LIVE LOADS: -
The minimum uniformly distributed live load (except for local
concentration of loads) shall be as following: -
On removable hatch covers over cellars : 2.5 t/m2
On removable covers over trenches and manhole: 1.5 t/m2

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.101
System, BSP
Floor slab for control room : 1.0 t/m2
On platforms for technological structures : 0.5 t/m2
On stair treads : 0.5 t/m2
On walkways : 0.4 t/m2
On other floor not specified: 1.0t/m2 or as per technological
requirement
On ladders : 0.12t at the center of rung
Dust load : 0.1t/m2
Live surcharge for design of walls/top slab of cable trench & drain may
be taken as 3.0t/m2. However, concentrated and uniformly distributed
live loads on floors and platforms shall be considered depending upon
the usage and in accordance with maximum expected process
requirement which are to be indicated by the equipment
manufacturers/suppliers.
4. Permissible Stresses
Allowable stresses for all reinforced concrete structures shall be as per
IS: 456–2000.
5. Soil Conditions
a) In absence of any geo technical investigation report at this stage, the
safe bearing capacity of soil been assumed as 20 T/m2 at a depth of
2.5 m below ground
b) The water table will be assumed at existing ground level and
correction factors will be applied accordingly.
c) No foundation will be laid on black cotton soils.
d) In case of discovering the soil with lower strength characteristics or
loose/filled up soil at design elevations of foundation, the same shall
be replaced with lean concrete M10B filling.
6. Anchor bolts, inserts and embedment
All anchor bolts & inserts shall be designed for the incidental loads and
laid as per approved drawing and cast in concrete as per IS:456-2000.
For a straight length bolt the anchorage value in concrete shall be
50Xdia of bar. Where it is required to anchor new concrete with the
existing concrete, dowel bars of size as per design will be epoxy
grouted by drilling holes with the permission of engineer in charge.
Holes shall be drilled (with clearance on the sides) for a length of at
least 15 X diameter of bolt and the bolt epoxy grouted as per
manufacturer’s instruction
7. External Cladding, Internal Partitions & Finishes

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.102
System, BSP
a. External cladding shall be constructed of brick masonry. The thickness
of brick masonry walls shall be minimum 230 mm. Design of masonry
walls shall conform to IS: 1905–1987.
b. Cement sand mortar shall be 1:6 for external walls having minimum
thickness of 230mm and for walls of thickness 115 mm mix shall be 1:4
with HB wire netting reinforcement at every third layer.
c. All masonry walls shall be plastered on both sides. Cement sand mortar
mix for all plasters, shall be 1:6 for plastering of walls and 1:4 for plaster
of ceiling.
d. All outside plastered surfaces of masonry walls shall be applied with 2
coats of anti-algal weatherproof exterior acrylic emulsion paint of
approved make and shades over a coat of primer in walls including
scaffolding, curing cleaning complete as per manufacture’s
specification. Inside surfaces of masonry walls shall be treated with
Plastic emulsion paints of approved quality, make and colour, or to be
tiled, as the case may be, on the basis of technological and/or aesthetic
requirements. Necessary surface preparation shall be done prior to
application of paints.
8. Floors and Floor Finishes
a. In general, all floors on ground shall be made of minimum M25
reinforced concrete of 150 mm minimum thickness.
b. The sub-grade below the floor slab shall be minimum 250 mm thick
stone boulder soling blinded with moorum. Building paper shall be
provided on top of sub-grade before casting the concrete slab. All sub-
grades shall be laid on compacted earth.
c. Floor finishes for the buildings shall be provided according to
technological and functional, service and duty requirements and as per
manufacturer’s instruction where applicable.
9. Water-Proofing
For roof treatment, Atactic Polypropylene modified plastomeric bitumen
based membrane shall be laid in position on roof top, with glass fibre
(50 g/sq.m) reinforcement and finished on both sides with a thermo
fusible high molecular high density polyethylene (HDPE) film (MOPLY FP
MINERAL 4 mm of TEXSA INDIA Ltd. or Dr. Fixit Torch shield P4050 of
Pidilite Industries Ltd. or Sika WP Shield-104 PM or equivalent). Laying
of membrane shall be executed by expert hands only. Cleaning of the
roof surface and filling of joints and micro levelling and necessary
overlaps of the membranes at the joint as per manufacturer
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.103
System, BSP
specifications shall be done before laying of APP. The screed concrete of
grade M15 D shall be laid over the RCC slab in proper slope. The
membrane shall be laid over the screed concrete.

10. Metal/Anodised Aluminium Doors, Windows, Ventilators & Rolling


Shutter.
a. All doors, windows, ventilators & rolling shutter shall be provided based
on functional, system & safety requirements. However, in Control
rooms, Rest Rooms, Welfare Buildings, Offices etc. anodised aluminum
glazed doors & windows shall be provided. In other areas, steel doors /
windows shall be provided. Windows for specific areas like control
room, control pulpit etc., shall be designed to suit technological
requirements. Large fully glazed windows shall be provided to enable
full view of the operating areas as per requirement
b. For non-standard & air tight metal/ anodised Aluminium doors, bidder
shall submit the detail drawings with schedule of materials. For standard
sizes, the steel/ Anodised Aluminium doors shall be provided as per
provisions of IS: 1038-1983 with steel sheeting. For rolling shutters,
provisions of IS: 6248-1979 shall be followed. For steel and aluminium
windows, IS: 1361-1978 & IS: 1949-1961 shall be followed. For glazing
of metal doors, windows and ventilators, IS: 1081-1960 shall be
followed.
11. SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
a. Mud mat/lean concrete will be in M10B and minimum thickness of the
same will be 100 mm
b. Minimum grade of concrete for all RCC works/ RCC bored cast in situ
piling works shall be M25.
c. Screed concrete/shoe concrete with concrete grade M15.
d. Minimum thickness for RCC slab/wall=150mm
e. Cover for Cable trench shall be of chequered plate inside shop and RCC
precast slab outside shop. Minimum thickness of RCC precast slab shall
be 100 mm and minimum grade of concrete M25.
f. Minimum RCC floor thickness in shop =200mm
g. Minimum thickness of RCC Raft foundation = 300 mm
h. Minimum depth of building foundation = 2.0 m below EGL
i. Minimum clear cover to all RCC structures coming in contact with earth
= 50mm
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.104
System, BSP
j. Minimum width of concrete apron =1.5m
k. Minimum width of surface drain=400mm
l. Minimum width of approach road=4.0m
m. For staircase the following minimum is to be followed, Tread= 280mm,
Riser=160mm, Width=1000mm, Handrail height=1000mm
n. Clear floor height shall be minimum 3.5M. Clear floor height for vault
floor shall be minimum 2.0M.
o. Grouting below machine/equipment bases and pockets, Structural
column bases shall be minimum 50 mm thick with non-shrink grout of
approved make & grade.
p. Roof water proofing of all buildings shall be done using APP polymer
modified bituminous membrane of approved make & grade as per
specification. Water proofing of all underground structures shall be
done by injection of non-shrink polymeric grouting compound as per
specification.
q. All foundations and structures coming in contact with earth shall be
given two coats of hot bitumen paint of approved grade & quality.
r. Fly ash lime bricks conforming to IS 12894-2002 shall be used for entire
masonary works.
12. Design Calculations, Drawings And Documents
The design calculations and drawing shall be submitted by the Bidder
for approval as per the provisions of SBD.
a. Drawings
The Bidder shall submit for approval/reference of the Employer general
arrangement and detailed working drawings for all concrete, reinforced
concrete and other civil work, as mentioned under chapter-2.

b. The design criteria mentioned above is not exhaustive. However, the


same shall be discussed and detailed during detail engineering stage
13. Dismantling Work
a. No dismantling work shall commence without prior approval of the
Employer on the dismantling plan prepared by the Bidder.
b. The structures shall be dismantled with due care so that no structure &
equipment are damaged. If the same gets damaged then bidders have
to change/modify/strengthen the items without any extra cost. Care

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.105
System, BSP
shall be taken during dismantling so that maximum quantity of
dismantled material can be reused.
c. Care shall be taken to maintain the stability of retained structures for
which necessary structural supports are to be provided without any
extra cost.
d. The bidder shall assess the entire dismantling work independently and
decide accordingly the resource to be deployed by him so that the work
can be executed in the stipulated time frame.
e. The bidder shall obtain the necessary clearance certificates from Safety
department of the Plant for the arrangement of dismantling work at
every stage
f. All debris collected due to dismantling shall be transported and
disposed off as per direction of Engineer-In-Charge.
g. All serviceable material shall be stacked and transported to designated
place within a lead of 10 Km including unloading and stacking.
h. The stacking shall be done for various categories of dismantled items.
Such categorisation shall be worked out in consultation with engineer in
charge.
14. Material & Workmanship Specifications

a. The material shall be best of the existing kinds obtainable and the
workmanship shall be in accordance with the latest Civil Engineering
Practice. Specification for the quality of material and workmanship are
given suited to the requirements of the relevant BIS specification and
with such other standards as are mentioned hereinafter. Reference to a
particular standard made at the appropriate place shall mean the latest
version and amendments of such a standard.
b. The contractor shall set out and level the works based on approved
layout drawings and will be responsible for the accuracy of the same. He
is to provide all instruments and proper qualified staff with labour for
getting his work checked by Engineer, if so desired by the Engineer.
Such checking, if any, shall not, however, relieve the contractor in any
way, of his responsibility for correct setting out. The contractor shall
also clear the site by clearing of bushes including uprooting of
vegetation, grass wood, rubbish, lifting of muck and other debris from
the site and transporting the same to a place indicated by the engineer
in charge

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.106
System, BSP
c. The contractor shall provide and maintain at his own cost, pumps and
other equipments to keep the works free from water and continue to do
so until the handing over of the works
d. The contractor shall keep the site clear on a continuous basis of all
rubbish etc., which may arise out of the work executed by him and
dispose them suitably in allotted areas, Dump Area shall be within a
lead up to 10 km. from the battery limit
e. The contractor shall protect all bench marks, and reference pillars/lines
including ground water gauges from damage or movement during
working. In case of any damage, the contractor shall have to restore the
same to original condition at his own cost.
15. Excavation and Back Filling
a. Stripping
The Bidder shall strip the surface of the site prior to the commencement
of excavation to remove vegetable soil and carry such soil to separate
spoil dumps in the allotted site/areas.
b. Excavation for foundations, Trenches, etc.
1) The Bidder shall excavate at various levels including hard rock to
remove materials of any nature or description, which may be
encountered. Side slopes, benching and/or shoring/strutting for
excavation work shall be sole responsibility of the Bidder. The bed of
the excavation shall be properly dressed and made level. All mud and
slush shall be removed before taking up concreting work. The Bidder
shall take suitable precautions to prevent ingress of water into the
excavated areas during construction.
2) The Bidder shall account for all excavated rock, if any. He shall stack
excavated rock and if the Bidder for his works requires serviceable
boulders, it may be issued based on stack measurement less 40% for
voids at the rate to be decided by the Employer.
3) The surplus excavated materials and excavated unserviceable materials
from rock excavation shall be transported and disposed off by the
Bidder in spoil dumps or fill areas as directed by the Employer.
4) If the Bidder excavates to levels lower than those shown on the
drawings, he shall fill up such extra depth at his own cost to the proper
level with lean concrete of grade M-5B. If the bottom of any excavation
appears to be soft, unsound or unstable, the Bidder shall excavate the
same to required depths and the extra depth shall be filled up by the
Bidder with lean concrete of grade M-5B.
5) The Bidder shall take all precautions against slips and falls in the

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.107
System, BSP
excavation. No extra payment will be made for removal of slips and for
back filling the space with materials as directed by the Employer.
6) The excavation shall be kept free from water by pumping. In small pits
water may be bailed out with buckets. Adequate care shall be taken to
prevent movement of water through freshly laid concrete or masonry
work.
7) If any excavation for foundation gets filled up with water due to rain,
seepage or for any reason, the water shall be removed and bottom of
the excavation shall be completely cleared of all silt/slush by the Bidder
at his own expense.
8) Rain water passing lines through the proposed area for ESP shall be
taken care of.
9) All activities like diversion of pipelines and drainages (both known and
unforeseen), repair of damaged lines on urgency basis during
excavations, laying of new lines & drains etc. are under the scope of the
contractor.
10) All water pumped or bailed out during de-watering of pits and trenches
shall be disposed off suitably through properly laid channels or pipes
ensuring no hindrance to the work in progress and no damage to
property and structures nearby.
c. Back Filling
a) Materials
Suitable materials obtained from excavation of foundations shall be
used as far as possible for back filling. Earth used for filling shall be free
from organic and other objectionable matter. All clods of earth shall be
broken or removed. If sufficient amount of suitable materials are not
available at site to complete filling work, then earth shall be brought to
site from outside by the Bidder as directed by the Employer at his own
cost.
b) Filling around foundations with earth
Before commencement of back filling, the Bidder shall remove from the
space around foundations all accumulated water and slush, shoring and
formwork, all debris, brickbats, bits of timber, cement bags and all other
foreign materials. Filling shall be carried out in uniform horizontal layers,
each layer not exceeding 200 mm in thickness. Each layer shall be
watered, rammed, and thoroughly compacted before the next layer is
deposited. The Bidder shall take core samples for each layer, determine
the dry density and maintain logs. The minimum dry density to be
achieved shall be 95% of maximum dry density as obtained by Standard
Proctor Test. Tests shall be conducted by the Bidder as directed by the
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.108
System, BSP
Employer at his own cost.
c) Filling with sand
Filling with sand shall be carried out in uniform horizontal layers, each
layer not exceeding 200 mm in thickness with approved river sand and
each layer to be watered and compacted mechanically to a well
compacted mass.
16. Plain & Reinforced Concrete Work
Materials
a) Cement
Cement: Ordinary Portland cement shall conform to IS: 269-1989 / IS
8112-1989 and Portland blast furnace slag cement shall conform to IS:
455-1989.
b) Aggregates
All aggregates shall conform to IS: 383-1970. Test on aggregate shall be
carried out from time to time to ascertain the suitability of the
aggregates.
c) Reinforcement
Reinforcement in general shall be of tested quality. TMT bars
conforming to IS: 1786-2008 & shall be free from oil paint and rust
coatings. However, IRC mesh fabric reinforcement conforming to IS:
1566-1982 can also be used if specifically required and shown in the
drawings. The binding wire shall be 20 SWG approved annealed iron
wire.
d) Jointing materials
All rubber and PVC water stops joint fillers, sealing materials, etc. used
in concrete work shall be of standard manufacture as per relevant IS
codes. Usage of these materials shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
e) Admixtures
Admixtures, if required, to be used shall be of approved quality and
make and shall conform to relevant IS codes.
f) Water
Water shall be clean and of potable quality as per clause 5.4 of IS: 456-
2000.
17. Workmanship
Concrete, Concrete Mixing, Consistency, placing of concrete,
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.109
System, BSP
compaction, Work tests & Reinforcement
Production and control of concrete shall be as per IS: 456-2000 and as
per recommended guidelines in SP: 23-1982. Except where nominal mix
concrete as defined in IS: 456-2000 is permitted by the Engineer in
Charge all components of concrete shall be proportioned by weigh
batching for each grade of concrete. Mixing shall be carried out in
mechanical mixers and preferably a batch mixing plant shall be used. All
concrete shall be machine mixed, and no hand mixing shall be
permitted. The maximum size of aggregates used shall be as indicated
in the drawings and shall be as per IS: 456-2000. Concrete mixing shall
be as per IS: 456-2000. Consistency of concrete shall be controlled as
per IS: 456-2000 and the Bidder shall carry out slump tests in
accordance with IS: 1199-1959. Sampling, making up, curing and testing
of specimen shall conform to IS: 456-2000, IS: 516-1959 and IS: 1199 -
1959. The number of specimen & the frequency of tests shall be in
according to IS: 456-2000. Reinforcement shall conform to IS: 456-2000
& IS 2502-1963. The correct cover to the reinforcement shall be
maintained by use of pre-cast concrete blocks.
a) Construction joints & Expansion joints
Construction joints & Expansion joints shall be provided as per
provisions of IS: 456-2000 & IS: 3414-1968.
b) Curing and protecting
Curing of concrete with water shall comply with IS: 456-2000.
c) Repairing and patching
Pockets honey combing and other defects, which may be formed due to
segregation, improper vibration and any other reason whatsoever shall
be completely repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The voids, if
any, shall be properly keyed and reinforced, if necessary.
d) Tolerances
Tolerances shall be as per provisions of IS: 456-2000 or as specified for
the system, whichever is minimum.
18. Grouting Bases of Machine, Columns, Foundation bolts, etc.
Grouting:
a) For grouting of equipment bases, and structural steel column bases,
High strength, non-shrink, free flow, ready-mix grout of approved
manufacturer shall be used. Non-shrinking grout where required shall
be used in accordance with the method specified by the manufacturer.
Material shall be as approved by the Engineer.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.110
System, BSP
19. Form Work, Supports, Settings, Ties, Cleaning & Treating of Form
work
All Shuttering/ form work, props etc & its removal shall conform to IS:
456-2000.
20. Mortar for Masonry & Plaster Work
Materials
a) Cement
Cement used shall conform to IS: 269-1989 / IS: 8112-1989 or IS: 455-
1989.
b) Sand
The sand used shall be of approved quality river or pit sand and it shall
conform to IS: 1542-1992 for plaster and to IS: 2116-1980 for masonry
mortar. Sand for the mortar shall be evenly graded from coarse to fine
and shall be free from loam, clay, dust and any other organic or foreign
matter.
c) Admixtures/ Plasticisers
Admixtures/ plasticiser of approved make and quality may be allowed in
the mortar, if permitted by the Engineer.
d) Water
Water shall be clean and of potable quality.
Mortar Proportion
The proportion of cement and sand for mortar shall be as specified in
the technical specification/drawing.
Workmanship
The workmanship shall conform to IS: 2250-1981 for preparation of
masonry mortars and to IS: 1661-1972 for plaster.
21. Brick Masonry Work
Materials
a) Cement Mortar
Cement mortar shall be as specified as per relevant clause of this
specification
b) Brick
The brick used shall be Fly ash bricks conforming to IS: 12894-2002.
Scaffolding, Cleaning, Workmanship & curing
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.111
System, BSP
Scaffolding shall conform to IS: 2212-1991. The laying of wire netting
shall be continuous. Wire netting shall be as per IS: 3150-1982. The
Bidder shall keep wet all brickwork for seven (7) days after laying.
22. Plaster Work
Materials
Mortar for plasterwork shall be as specified as per relevant Clause of
this specification.
Workmanship & Curing
All plasterwork shall be carried out according to IS: 1661-1972. After the
completion of plasterwork, it shall be cured by adequate watering for a
period of seven (7) days.
23. Antialgal, Weatherproof, Exterior Modified Acrylic Emulsion Paint
Antialgal, weatherproof, exterior modified acrylic emulsion paint of
approved brand and quality shall be applied strictly in accordance with
the manufacturer's specification and instructions. Painting work shall
conform to Manufacturer’s General Specifications
24. False Ceiling with Coloured Aluminium Strip Modular Panels
a) Materials
Ceiling panels, panel carriers, runner couplers, panel end caps, etc.
including their finishes and suspension arrangement shall be as per the
approved manufacturer's specifications.
b) Workmanship
All ceiling panels shall be fixed & all abutments, perimeter of cut edges
shall be neatly finished with edge trimmer as per specification of
manufacturer.
25. False Floor (Cavity Floor)
a) Materials:
Floor Jacks, Stringers, Floor Panels, etc., shall be as per manufacturer’s
specifications.
b) Workmanship
Entire work shall be carried out in strict accordance with the
manufacurer’s specification. Rigidity, steadiness and leveling of the false
floor system shall be ensured.
26. The agency engaged for the purpose of design, engineering and
execution of civil engineering work shall possesses necessary technical
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.112
System, BSP
knowhow & technical/ experienced manpower, infrastructure, resources
and facilities to execute Civil Engineering work and adequate
experience in Civil Engineering jobs and shall be approved by BSP.
3.9 STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK
3.9.1 Design Parameter
The steel structures envisaged here shall be designed as per IS: 800-
1984. Superimposed loads shall be considered in accordance with IS:
875-1987 in addition to technological loads from equipment as
supplied by equipment manufacturer. The design shall take into account
all dynamic loading effects in vertical, lateral and longitudinal directions.
Structures shall be designed either for wind or seismic loads whichever
produces worse effect. Wind load on structures shall be considered as
per IS: 875-1987 whereas seismic loads shall be taken as per IS 1893:
Part I: 2002 and IS 1893: Part IV: 2005.Structural steel work shall be of
welded construction as far as possible. Necessary provision in the
design shall be kept for temporary loads, which are expected during
erection and maintenance of equipment.
3.9.2 Material for Steel Structures
All structural steel shall conform to following standards or as specified in
the drawings. Mild steel shall conform to IS: 2062-2011 for rolled
sections & plates.
The Bidder shall furnish the test certificates conforming to appropriate
standards of all steel materials used for fabrication. All structural steel
shall be free from rust, scales, lamination, cracks, fissures and other
surface defects.
3.9.3 CGS sheeting wherever required shall conform to IS 277: 2003.
3.9.4 Minimum size of steel sections
The minimum sizes of standard rolled sections to be used shall be as
follows:
Angle: ISA 50x50x6
Channel: ISMC 75
Joist: ISMB 100
Gusset plate thickness: 8mm.
Steel chequered plates shall conform to IS 3502: 2009.
3.9.5 Bolts and Nuts

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.113
System, BSP
All bolts and nuts used by the Bidder shall conform to IS: 1363-2002 and
IS: 1364-2002 as applicable and unless specified otherwise shall be
hexagonal. All nuts shall be compatible to the property class of the bolt
used.
3.9.6 Washers
Plain washers shall be made of mild steel conforming to IS: 5369-1975
unless otherwise specified. One washer shall be supplied with each bolt
and in case of special types of bolts more than one washer as needed for
the purpose shall be supplied. An additional double coil helical spring
washer conforming to IS: 6755-1980 shall be provided for bolts carrying
dynamic or fluctuating loads and those in direct tension. Tapered
washers conforming to IS: 5372-1975 and IS: 5374- 1975 shall be used
for channels and beams respectively.
3.9.7 Electrodes
The electrodes used for fabrication and erection of mild steel work shall
conform to IS: 814-2004
3.9.8 Minimum Thickness of Metal
Steel used for construction exposed to weather or other corrosive
influences shall not be less than 8 mm in thickness and in construction
not exposed to weather, thickness shall not be less than 6 mm. The
controlling thickness as specified above, for rolled beams and channels
shall be taken as the mean thickness of flange, regardless of web
thickness.
3.9.9 Splices in Structures
3.9.9.1 Shop Splice
Where shop splices in plates are necessary due to non-availability of
members in required lengths, full penetration defect free sound butt
welds shall be made. Shop splice in rolled steel angles, joists and
channels shall be developed by fillet welding and cover plates/angles,
etc.
3.9.9.2 Site Splice
Site splice for members required due to transportation, assembly and
erection facilities shall be developed by fillet welds and cover plates and
angles. In case butt welding in plates is employed for site splice, the
same shall be sound, defect free and of full penetration.
3.9.10 Fabrication

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.114
System, BSP
3.9.10.1 Standard
All fabrication of structural steel works shall be in accordance with IS:
800 -1984 and as per the approved drawings unless otherwise specified.
The tolerances in fabrication of steel structures shall be in accordance
with IS: 7215 -1974, unless otherwise specified.
3.9.10.2 Type of Construction
The steel structures shall generally be of shop-welded construction. Site
connections shall generally be provided by:
1) Welding with erection bolts.
2) Bolting with black bolts.
3.9.10.3 Storing Materials
All materials shall be stored properly on skids above the ground. The
ground shall be kept clean and properly drained. Structural steel shall
be so stored and handled that members are not subjected to excessive
stresses and damage. Girders and beams shall be placed upright and
stored. Long members, such as columns shall be supported on closely
spaced skids to prevent injury from deflection.
3.9.11 Erection
Erection of steel structures shall be carried out as per IS 800: 1984 & in
an expeditious manner in conformity with drawings & specification. The
tolerances in erection of steel structures shall be as per IS 12843: 1989.
3.9.12 Tests
3.9.12.1 To ensure good quality of workmanship, following procedure shall be
adopted to control fabrication & assembly of structures.
1) Visual examination: 100% of welded joints.
2) Ultrasonic testing: 100% for all butt welds.
3) Dye penetration test: Dye penetration test is to be done for butt
welded new structures at column base.

3.9.12.2 The bidder shall engage a reputed or any Government test agency
having Level II Ultrasonic examination certificate holder inspector to
carry out the Ultrasonic tests. The third party shall carry out tests,
interpret test results and recommend necessary rectification measures.
Bidder shall carry out the rectification work as recommended by the test
agency to ensure defect free welding. Bidder shall obtain certificates
from the testing agency certifying defect free welds and submit to the
employer.
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.115
System, BSP
3.9.13 Paint system
Surface preparation & application of paint shall be as per manufacturer
specification.
3.9.13.1 Surface Preparation
All surfaces shall be cleaned of loose substance and foreign materials,
e.g. dirt, rust, scale, oil, grease, welding flux, etc., so that the prime coat
adheres to the original metal surface. The work shall be carried out
generally in accordance with IS 1477:1971(Part-I).
3.9.13.2 Paint specification for new structure other than chimney
All new structures shall be given two coats of single pack air drying
phenolic modified alkyd composition with zinc phosphate as a primer
(DFT/coat 40 micron) and two coats of single pack air drying high gloss
phenolic alkyd modified synthetic enamel paint as finishing coat (DFT/
coat=25 micron). One coat of primer shall be applied before erection
and one coat after erection. One intermediate coat of a single pack high
built phenolic based paint with micacious iron oxide (DFT=75 micron)
shall be applied to all uncovered structures.

3.9.13.3 Paint specification for chimney


Inner surface of the chimney up to 3m height from base shall be given
two coats of (DFT/ coat=40 micron) a single pack air drying phenolic
modified alkyd composition with zinc phosphate as a primer and three
coats of (DFT/ coat=40 micron) a heavy duty single pack air drying anti-
corrosive black bituminous paint as finishing coat. Rest of the height of
the chimney at the inner side shall be primered with two pack heavy
duty zinc dust rich silicate with just a single coat (DFT= 60 micron) and
three coats of a single pack heat resistant silicon resin based paint with
leafing aluminium / graphite powders shall be used as finishing coat
(DFT/ coat=25 micron).

Top 10m of the chimney at the outer side shall be given two coats (DFT/
coat=40 micron) of a two pack air drying epoxy polyamide resin based
red oxide zinc phosphate as primer, one intermediate coat of a single
pack high built phenolic based paint with micacious iron oxide (DFT=75
micron) and two coats (DFT/coat=40 micron) of a two pack air drying
epoxy polyamide enamel suitably pigmented as finishing coat. Rest of

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.116
System, BSP
the outer surface of the chimney shall be painted as per specification
mentioned for general structures.

3.9.13.4 Paint specification for existing structures


All existing structures to be re used will be given single coat (DFT=125
micron) of a two pack high build surface tolerant epoxy mastic coating
and two coats of two pack epoxy high build coating as finishing coat
(DFT/ coat=100 micron).

3.9.13.5 Precautions in painting work:


In order to ensure better workmanship and results in painting work, the
following points shall be kept in view.
1) All paints shall be applied in accordance with the general instruction of
the manufacturer.
2) No two-pack paint shall be used on the same job after the expiration of
the stipulated pot life.
3) Sharp edge, frying surfaces and other especially vulnerable areas shall
be carefully and properly treated.
4) Proper scaling with paint of the crevices between intermittent runs of
weld shall be ensured.
5) A uniform film thickness of paint is ensured throughout the work.
3.9.14 Dismantling
1) For dismantling of existing steelwork, adequate care shall be taken so
that adjacent structures and equipment are not affected.
2) Structural stability of the balance portion of the structure after
dismantling shall have to be established before the actual dismantling
work.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 3.117
System, BSP
4 COMMISSIONING AND PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
4.1 PRELIMINARY ACCEPTANCE
On completion of erection of the facilities by the bidder, trial runs for
individual equipment / units shall be conducted by the bidder to
prove that the facilities have been supplied and erected as per
contract and after erection, facilities are fit for start-up and
commissioning. After liquidation of all the defects and after fulfilling
all the provision of clause 24 of GCC of Standard Bidding
Document (SBD) employer shall issue Preliminary Acceptance
Certificate (PAC) for the subsequent commissioning of facilities.
4.2 COMMISSIONING
4.2.1 Commissioning test shall be undertaken by the bidder as per the
provisions of Clause 25 of GCC of SBD. On successful completion of
commissioning test employer shall issue commissioning certificate.
The facilities shall be deemed to be commissioned on fulfilment of
following:
1) The bidder shall start up and successfully commission the unit in an
integrated manner in association with Employer/ Consultant. A
detailed programme for this shall be worked out by the bidder in
consultation with the Employer/ Consultant in advance.
2) Commissioning of the complete system shall be deemed to be
successfully completed when all the equipment shall operate in an
integrated manner uninterruptedly, for a period of 168 hours at a
minimum flow rate of 75 % of the rated capacity of the system
meeting the performance guarantee parameters.
4.2.2 On successful completion of commissioning of the complete system
commissioning certificates shall be issued.
4.2.3 However, it is the total responsibility of the bidder to commission the
system at the date indicated in the Tender Document. Slippage shall
not be allowed by any account and any reasons.
4.2.4 In case of any interruption during the specified period/duration of
commissioning on account of reasons attributable to the Employer,
the acceptance of commissioning with regards to duration of
commissioning tests shall be as per the mutually agreed terms
between the Employer and the Bidder.
4.3 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
4.3.1 General
BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 4.1
System, BSP
4.3.1.1 The bidder shall guarantee the equipment for its workmanship,
materials, design and satisfactory operation in accordance with
relevant specifications and provisions of the contract. The guarantee
for performance shall include individual items and systems for various
ratings / out puts as well as for the integrated operation of the plant.
4.3.1.2 The details of the performance guarantee tests, test procedures, test
schedules for the demonstration of performance guarantee
parameters shall be submitted to the employer which shall be
mutually agreed upon.
4.3.1.3 The bidder shall conduct the performance guarantee tests to
demonstrate PG parameters as defined hereunder in subsequent
para and as per provisions of Clause 27 of GCC and Appendix-V of
SBD.
4.3.1.4 PG Test shall be conducted within a period of six months after the
date of commissioning once facilities achieve stable operation as well
as production level.
4.3.1.5 Period of PG Test shall be for 168 hours. during which bidder shall
demonstrate the PG parameters.
4.3.2 Performance Guarantee Parameters
Bidder shall have to demonstrate following parameters as listed
hereunder:

Sl. PG Guaranteed Acceptance LD in % of


Parameters Values Limit with LD Total
No. Contract
Price
1. Work Zone <2000 µg/m3 No deviation No
dust (PM 10 ) at 10m deviation
Concentration from source
2. Stack < 30 mg/Nm3 No deviation No
Emission with all fields deviation
1) Duration of test: 168 hrs.
2) The PG test shall be done by the Contractor through CPCB/MOEFCC
approved third party.
3) The test for work zone dust content shall be done as per IS: 5182
(Part-23)-2006 and test for stack emission shall be done as per
emission regulation part III of CPCB.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 4.2
System, BSP
4) No deviation on the parameters mentioned in clause No. 4.2 is
acceptable.
5) LD clause for technical parameters referred in SBD is not applicable.
The other terms & condition of the PG test shall be as stipulated in
the Standard Bidding Document (SBD).
4.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE
Final acceptance shall be as per clause no. 28 of GCC of SBD.

BSP CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 4.3
System, BSP
Annexure 3.1.3-1-1
Broad List of collection points in Stock House
along with volume and duct size
Sl. No. VolumeM3/hr Level of collection Duct size
point
1. 4000 -3370 280
2. 4000 -3860 280
3. 4000 -3800 265
4. 4000 -3370 265
5. 3000 +1900 335
6. 3000 +6100
7. 3000 +1900 335
8. 3000 +6100
9. 3000 +6100 315
10. 3000 +1900
11. 12300 +2893 660
12. 12300 +2893
13. 34800 -2600 800
14. 34800 -2600 800
15. 12300 +2893 660
16. 12300 +2893
17. 3000 +6100 315
18. 3000 +1900
19. 3000 +6100 315
20. 3000 +1900
21. 3000 +6100 315
22. 3000 +1900
23. 6500 +25700 820
24. 6500 +25000
25. 16000 +25000
26. 12000 +25700
27. 1500 +11680 600
28. 1500 +11680
29. 1500 +11680
30. 1500 +11680
31. 1500 +11680
32. 1500 +11680
33. 1500 +11680
34. 1500 +11680
35. 1500 +11680
36. 1500 +11680
37. 1500 +11680
BSP Annexure 3.1.3-1-1 CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting Page 1 of 3
System, BSP
38. 1500 +11680
39. 18000 +18200 560
40. 18000 +18200 560
41. 1500 +11680 600
42. 1500 +11680
43. 1500 +11680
44. 1500 +11680
45. 1500 +11680
46. 1500 +11680
47. 1500 +11680
48. 1500 +11680
49. 1500 +11680
50. 1500 +11680
51. 1500 +11680
52. 1500 +11680
53. 15000 +15500 500
54. 7500 +11680 355
55. 18200 +13000 560
56. +13000
57. +14835
58. +14850
59. 18200 +14835 560
60. +13000
61. +14835
62. 15000 +14835 500
63. 3000 +13000 315
64. 3000 +13000
65. 9000 +13000 400
66. +14835
67. 7500 +11680 355
68. +11680
69. +11680
70. +11680
71. +14835
72. 12000 +14835 450
73. +14835
74. 6000 +13000 315
75. 6000 +15200 315
76. +15200
77. 15000 -6900 500
78. -6900
79. -7820
80. -7820
BSP Annexure 3.1.3-1-1 CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4
Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting Page 2 of 3
System, BSP
81. 15000 -6900 500
82. -6900
83. -7820
84. -7820

BSP Annexure 3.1.3-1-1 CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4


Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting Page 3 of 3
System, BSP
SCHEDULE-1.12-1
DECLARATION FOR SITE VISIT
(To be filled up by the Bidder)

We, hereby, declare that we have visited the site at BSP, Bhilai for the
installation of proposed systems regarding “Installation ESP in Sinter
Dispatch Route of Sinter Plant-II, BSP”, to understand the site conditions and
acquaint ourselves with the extent of total works involved for proposed
package.

Signature of the Bidder


Seal of company Name
Designation

BSP SCHEDULE 1.12-1 CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4


Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 1 of 1
System, BSP
SCHEDULE 1.12-2
LIST OF RECOMMENDED SPARES FOR TWO YEARS OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE
(To be filled up by the Bidder)
Sl. Equipment Description Quantity No. Remarks
No. of spares installed recommended

Signature of the Bidder


Seal of company Name

Designation

BSP SCHEDULE 1.12-2 CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4


Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 1 of 1
System, BSP
SCHEDULE-1.12 -3

LISTS OF CONSUMABLES
(To be filled up by the Bidder)

Sl. No. Description of Consumables Quantity

Signature of the Bidder


Seal of company Name
Designation

BSP SCHEDULE 1.12-3 CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4


Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 1 of 1
System, BSP
SCHEDULE-1.12-4

LISTS OF INITIAL FILL


(To be filled up by the Bidder)

Sl. No. Description of Initial Fill Quantity

Signature of the Bidder


Seal of company Name
Designation

BSP SCHEDULE 1.12-4 CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4


Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 1 of 1
System, BSP
SCHEDULE-1.12-5

LISTS OF SPECIAL TOOLS AND TACKLES


(To be filled up by the Bidder)

Sl. No. Description of Consumables Quantity

Signature of the Bidder


Seal of company Name
Designation

SCHEDULE 1.12-5 CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4


Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House PAGE 1 of 1
Dedusting System, BSP
SCHEDULE-1.12-6

LIST OF EXCLUSIONS
(To be filled up by the Bidder)

Sl. No. Reference clause of TS Details of exclusions Reasons

Signature of the Bidder


Seal of company Name
Designation

BSP SCHEDULE 1.12-6 CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4


Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House PAGE 1 of 1
Dedusting System, BSP
SCHEDULE-1.12-7
LIST OF DEVIATIONS
(To be filled up by the Bidder)

Sl. No. Reference clause of TS Details of deviations Reasons

Signature of the Bidder


Seal of company Name
Designation

BSP SCHEDULE 1.12-7 CET/01/BH/4678/TS/UT/01/R=4


Up-gradation of BF#7 Stock House Dedusting PAGE 1 of 1
System, BSP
Experience that delivers

ANNEXURE – 2.3.2-1
SCHEDULE OF ACTIVITIES FROM EFFECTIVE DATE OF CONTRACT
(Duration in Months)
Time in months →
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Activity ↓

Signing of contract

Design & Engineering

Supply of Equipment

Civil & Structural Works

Erection / Dismantling of Equipment

Shutdown Activities

Testing & Commissioning

BHILAI STEEL PLANT ANNEXURE2.3.2-1 CET/01/BH/4678/FR/UT/01/R=3


Up-gradation of BF7 Stock House De dusting system
LIST OF ACCEPTABLE
CET MAKES OF
EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Experience that delivers
(Indigenous Supplies Only)

MARCH 2022
This document “ACCEPTABLE
MAKES OF EQUIPMENT AND
SUPPLIES” is for indigenous
supplies/ bought out items only
and is a part of the tender
specification for various
packages.

PREAMBLE The “makes” of various


equipment and supplies are listed
out in this document. It is
essential that the equipment/
component/ materials to be
supplied indigenously by the
bidder will be of any one of the
makes listed against that
particular equipment/
component/ material in this
document as further detailed
subsequently.
CATEGORY ‘A’ ITEMS

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
These are critical equipment and items.
• Vendor shall have established Quality
Contractor/ bidder to ensure that items
Management System certified as per ISO-
listed under this category shall be supplied
9001 or equivalent
only from the makes listed.
• Vendor should have installed/ supplied at
In exceptional cases, if less than three
least any of the following within last 7 years
makes out of the listed makes for a
for the item(s):
particular equipment/ item are available to
Either at least 2 reference in any of the the bidder/ contractor for supply then
SAIL plants/ RINL additional makes can be proposed.
However, bidder/ contractor shall establish
Or at least 3 references in any of the private
the non-availability of the listed makes.
Integrated Steel Plants
Additional makes proposed by bidder/
Or at least 3 references in Maharatna Public contractor shall be approved subject to
Sector Undertakings/ Navratna Public fulfilling the acceptance criteria stipulated
Sector Undertakings/ Listed Indian alongside.
companies (excluding financial institutions)
having turnover in excess of ₹5000 crores in
last financial year.

Copy of purchase orders along with


satisfactory performance certificate/
inspection certificates for the above
references shall be provided from the
clients

• Self-declaration from vendor that the


company is not blacklisted in any SAIL
Plants or PSUs.
CATEGORY ‘B’ ITEMS

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
• Vendor shall have established Quality
Management System certified as per ISO- These equipment/ items are for general
9001 or equivalent purpose. Bidder may suggest additional
makes, if any, during tendering stage with
• Vendor should have installed/ supplied at
credentials to fulfil the acceptance criteria
least any of the following within last 7 years
stipulated alongside.
for the item(s):
In case of non-availability of listed makes
Either at least 2 references in any of the
during implementation, procedure listed
SAIL plants /RINL
under category A will apply.
Or at least 3 references in any of the private
Integrated Steel Plants

Or at least 3 references in Maharatna Public


Sector Undertakings/ Navratna Public
Sector Undertakings/ Listed Indian
companies (excluding financial institutions)
having turnover in excess of ₹5000 crores in
last financial year.

Copy of purchase orders along with


satisfactory performance certificate/
inspection certificates for the above
references shall be provided from the
clients

• Self-declaration from vendor that the


company is not blacklisted in any SAIL
Plants or PSUs.
Other Items not listed

Contractor may supply any other item not


mentioned in this list from any make.

• Self-declaration from vendor is required


that the company is not blacklisted in any
CATEGORY ‘B’ ITEMS
SAIL Plants or PSUs.

Note:

• The above categorization has been


given for ease of project
management. However, in
exceptional cases, empowered
committee of the Plant may
approve additional makes.

• If any of the “makes” included in


this list is banned as per the
“Banning of Business Dealings” with
SAIL, it would be applicable as per
the banning order.
CONTENTS
CATEGORY ‘B’ ITEMS

Section Area No. of Page Nos.


items

A Electrical 57 1-7

B Mechanical 74 8 - 16

C Mining & Mineral 12 17


Processing Area

D Process Control & 71 18 - 24


Automation

E Refractory 11 25 - 27

F Utility & Services 119 28 - 41

G Computerization & 14 42
Information Technology
CATEGORY ‘B’ ITEMS

SECTION-A

ELECTRICAL
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST ELECTRICAL
SECTION-A

S No. ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE

1. 132 kV & ABOVE EQUIPMENT

1.1. 132 kV/ 220 kV Gas A ABB POWER PRODUCTS & SYSTEMS
Insulated Switchgear INDIA LIMITED, CG POWER &
INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS LTD, GE T&D,
SIEMENS

1.2. 132kV/ 220 kV outdoor A ABB POWER PRODUCTS & SYSTEMS


Isolator/ Disconnecting INDIA LIMITED, CG POWER &
Switch INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS LTD, GR
POWER, RAYCHEM, SIEMENS,
SWITCHGEAR & STRUCTURALS, ELPRO

1.3. 132kV/ 220 kV outdoor A ABB POWER PRODUCTS & SYSTEMS


Circuit Breaker INDIA LIMITED, BHEL, CG POWER &
INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS LTD, GE T&D,
SIEMENS

1.4. 132kV/ 220 kV outdoor CT/ A ABB POWER PRODUCTS & SYSTEMS
PT/CVT INDIA LIMITED, BHEL, CG POWER &
INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS LTD, GE T&D,
MEHRU, SIEMENS, TELK

1.5. 132kV/ 220 kV outdoor A BHEL, CG POWER & INDUSTRIAL


Lightning Arrestor SOLUTIONS LTD, ELPRO, OBLUM,
RAYCHEM, SIEMENS

1.6. 132kV/ 220 kV cable XLPE A CCI (Cable Corporation of India), KEC,
KEI, UNIVERSAL

1.7. 132kV/ 220 kV outdoor B ADITYA BIRLA INSULATORS, BHEL, CG


Insulator & Bushing POWER & INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS LTD,
CJI, JAYSHREE INSULATORS, MODERN,
OBLUM, WSI

1.8. ACSR Conductor for 132kV/ B APAR, CABCON, STERLITE


220 kV Transmission Line

2. 33kV EQUIPMENT

2.1. 33 kV Indoor Switchgear A ABB, SCHNEIDER, SIEMENS

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022
1
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST ELECTRICAL
SECTION-A

S No. ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE

2.2. 33 kV Gas Insulated A ABB, SCHNEIDER, SIEMENS,


Switchgear

2.3. 33kV outdoor Isolator/ A ABB POWER PRODUCTS & SYSTEMS


Disconnecting Switch INDIA LIMITED, CG POWER &
INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS LTD, GR
POWER, RAYCHEM, SCHNEIDER,
SIEMENS, SWITCHGEAR &
STRUCTURALS, ELPRO

2.4. 33kV outdoor Circuit Breaker A ABB, BHEL, CG POWER & INDUSTRIAL
SOLUTIONS LTD, SCHNEIDER, SIEMENS

2.5. 33kV outdoor CT/ PT A BHEL, CG POWER & INDUSTRIAL


SOLUTIONS LTD, ECS, MEHRU, TELK

2.6. 33kV outdoor Lightning A BHEL, CG POWER & INDUSTRIAL


Arrestor SOLUTIONS LTD, ELPRO, OBLUM,
RAYCHEM

2.7. 33kV outdoor Insulator & B ADITYA BIRLA INSULATORS, BHEL, CG


Bushing POWER & INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS LTD,
CJI, JAYSHREE INSULATORS, MODERN,
OBLUM, WSI

2.8. ACSR Conductor for 33kV B APAR, CABCON, STERLITE, GUPTA


transmission line POWER

3. MEDIUM VOLTAGE – INDOOR (3.3 kV to 11kV)

3.1. Switchgear (Circuit Breaker A ABB, BHEL, L&T, SCHNEIDER, SIEMENS


with panels)

3.2. Vacuum Contactor A ABB, ANDREW YULE, BHEL, JYOTI,


SCHNEIDER, SIEMENS, L&T

3.3. CT & PT B AEL, JYOTI, KALPA, KAPPA, PRAGATI,


PRAYOG, ECS, SCHNEIDER

3.4. Isolator B ABB, A BONDSTRAND, MEGAWIN,


PANICKKERSWITCHGEAR PVT. LTD,

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022
2
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST ELECTRICAL
SECTION-A

S No. ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE

3.5. HT Bus duct B BHEL, C&S, ECC, STARDRIVE BUSDUCTS


LTD.

4. PROTECTION & METERING

4.1. Protective Relays A ABB, GE T&D, SIEMENS, SCHNEIDER

4.2. SCADA/ SAS System A ABB, ECIL, ETAP, GE T&D, HONEYWELL,


SIEMENS

5. LT SWITCHGEAR

5.1. Intelligent motor controller A ABB, L&T, ROCKWELL AUTOMATION,


for IMCC SCHNEIDER, SIEMENS

5.2. Power Control Centre (PCC) B ABB, BCH, IEE PROJECTS, L&T, PCE
PROJECTS PVT. LTD., SCHNEIDER,
SIEMENS

5.3. Motor Control Centre (MCC) B ABB, BCH, C&S, HAVELLS, IEE PROJECTS,
up to 1000 Amps and PDB L&T, MARINE ELECTRICAL, MEDITRON,
PCE PROJECTS PVT. LTD, SCHNEIDER,
SEN & SINGH, SIEMENS, SWITCHING
CIRCUITS

5.4. Motor Control Centre (MCC) B ABB, BCH, C&S, L&T, SCHNEIDER,
above 1000 Amps SIEMENS

5.5. Air circuit breaker (ACB) B ABB, L&T, SCHNEIDER, SIEMENS

5.6. Moulded case circuit breaker B ABB, BCH, C&S, HAVELLS, L&T,
(MCCB) SCHNEIDER, SIEMENS, EATON, ANDREW
YULE
(with positive isolation)

5.7. Motor Protection Circuit B ABB, BCH, C&S, L&T, SCHNEIDER,


Breaker (MPCB) SIEMENS, SPRECHER & SCHUH,
HAVELLS, EATON, ROCKWELL
AUTOMATION

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022
3
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST ELECTRICAL
SECTION-A

S No. ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE

5.8. Power Contactors, Auxiliary B ABB, BCH, C&S, L&T, SCHNEIDER,


contactors/ Auxiliary relays SIEMENS, ANDREW YULE, SPRECHER &
SCHUH, EATON, ROCKWELL
AUTOMATION-ALLEN BRADLEY, OEN
(AUXILIARY/CONTROL RELAY ONLY)

5.9. Control switches B ABB, BCH, EPCC, GE POWER


CONVERSION, KAYCEE, L&T, SCHNEIDER,
SIEMENS, SALZER

5.10. Thermal bimetallic Overload B ABB, ANDREW YULE, BCH, C&S, L&T,
relays ROCKWELL AUTOMATION, SCHNEIDER,
SIEMENS

5.11. Electronic over current relay/ B ABB, BCH, C&S, L&T, SCHNEIDER,
Electronic motor protection SIEMENS, SPRECHER & SCHUH,
relay (EOCR/ EMPR) ROCKWELL, EATON

5.12. LT bus duct B ECC, LOTUS POWER, L&T, SPEARHEAD,


STARDRIVE BUSDUCTS LTD.

6. ILLUMINATION

6.1. Lighting fixtures B BAJAJ, Crompton Greaves, GE LIGHTING,


HAVELLS, PHILIPS, SURYA, SYSKA,
WIPRO

6.2. High Mast Tower B BAJAJ, Crompton Greaves Consumer


Electricals Limited, PHILIPS, TRANSRAIL,
VALMONT, CONSOUL, BP PROJECTS,
VENTURA

7. TRANSFORMER

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022
4
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST ELECTRICAL
SECTION-A

S No. ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE

7.1. Up to 33 kV A ABB, BHARAT BIJLEE, BHEL, CG POWER


& INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS LTD,
ESENNAR TRANSFORMER, KIRLOSKAR
ELECTRIC COMPANY, PROLEC GE,
RAYCHEM-RPG, SCHNEIDER, SIEMENS,
VOLTAMP TRANSFORMERS LTD,
ANDREW YULE, TRANSFORMER &
RECTIFIER, KOTSONS (UPTO 630kVA
only)

7.2. Above 33 kV A ABB POWER PRODUCTS & SYSTEMS


INDIA LIMITED, BHARAT BIJLEE, BHEL,
CG POWER & INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS
LTD, GE T&D, TELK, SCHNEIDER,
SIEMENS, TRANSFORMER & RECTIFIER,
KIRLOSKAR ELECTRIC COMPANY

7.3. Dry type A ABB POWER PRODUCTS & SYSTEMS


INDIA LIMITED, BHEL, CG POWER &
INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS LTD, ESENNAR
TRANSFORMER, KIRLOSKAR ELECTRIC
COMPANY, RPG-RAYCHEM, VOLTAMP
TRANSFORMERS LTD, SUDHIR

8. MV REACTOR A CG POWER & INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS


LTD, GE T&D, PS ELECTRICALS, QUALITY
POWER, TRANSFORMER & RECTIFIER,
SCHNEIDER

9. DRIVES

9.1. Variable frequency drive B ABB, CG POWER & INDUSTRIAL


(VFD)<1.1kV SOLUTIONS LTD. (for motor upto 30 kW),
DANFOSS, GE POWER CONVERSION,
HITACHI-HIREL, ROCKWELL
AUTOMATION, SCHNEIDER, SIEMENS,
TMEIC, YASKAWA, FUJI, DELTA
ELECTRONICS INDIA PVT LTD (upto
90kW only)

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022
5
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST ELECTRICAL
SECTION-A

S No. ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE

9.2. Thyristor Converter/ B ABB, GE Power Conversion, ROCKWELL


AUTOMATION, SIEMENS, FUJI
DC DRIVE

9.3. Soft starter B ABB, L&T, PARKER, ROCKWELL


AUTOMATION, SIEMENS, SCHNEIDER,
DANFOSS

9.4. FCMA /series reactor type B ABB, INNOVATIVE TECHNOMICS,


soft starter ROCKWELL AUTOMATION, SCHNEIDER,
SIEMENS, LECON ENERGETICS PVT LTD

10. MOTORS

10.1. Synchronous Motor A ABB, BHEL, SIEMENS, GE

10.2. HT – AC A ABB, BHEL, CG POWER & INDUSTRIAL


SOLUTIONS LTD., KIRLOSKAR ELECTRIC
COMPANY, SIEMENS, WEG, TMEIC,
JEUMONT ELECTRIC INDIA PVT LTD

10.3. LT – AC B ABB, BHARAT BIJLEE, CG POWER &


INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS LTD.,
KIRLOSKAR ELECTRIC COMPANY, LHP,
SIEMENS, WEG, NGEF, BHEL, NORD

10.4. DC B BHEL, IEC, KIRLOSKAR ELECTRIC


COMPANY, CG POWER & INDUSTRIAL
SOLUTION

11. CABLES

11.1. 33kV cable XLPE A CCI (Cable Corporation of India),


CRYSTAL, GLOSTER, KEC, KEI, POLYCAB,
UNIVERSAL

11.2. HT (up to 11kV) cable XLPE A CCI, GEMSCAB INDUSTRIES LTD.,


GLOSTER, HAVELLS, KEC, KEI, POLYCAB,
STERLITE POWER, UNIVERSAL

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022
6
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST ELECTRICAL
SECTION-A

S No. ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE

11.3. LT power & control cable B CCI, FINOLEX CABLES, GEMSCAB


INDUSTRIES LTD., GLOSTER, HAVELLS,
INSUCON, KEC, KEI, POLYCAB, RAVIN,
THERMO CABLES, UNIVERSAL, LAPP,
NANGALWALA INDUSTRIES (P) LTD

12. MISCELLANEOUS

12.1. Battery charger B AMARA RAJA POWER SYSTEMS LTD,


APLAB, CHLORIDE (EXIDE), CHABI
ELECTRICALS, LIVELINE ELECTRONICS,
NELCO, SABNIFE (HBLNIFE POWER
SYSTEMS), STANDARD

12.2. Battery Bank B AMARA RAJA, AMCO, EXIDE,


FURUKAWA, PANASONIC, SABNIFE
(HBLNIFE POWER SYSTEMS), STANDARD

12.3. Master controller B EATON, ELECTROMAG, EPCC, KAYCEE,


L&T, SIEMENS, KAKKU, SPHONBUCKART,
GESMANN, SCHNEIDER

12.4. Un-interruptible power B FUJI ELECTRIC CONSUL NEOWATT P LTD,


supply (UPS): HITACHI-HIREL, LIVE LINE ELECTRONICS,
NUMERIC, SCHNEIDER (APC), VERTIV
ENERGY PRIVATE LIMITED

12.5. Nitrogen injection fire B CTR, EASUN-MR TAP CHANGERS(P) LTD.,


protection system TECTONICUS, VENDERE

13. GENERATOR B ABB, BHEL, SIEMENS, TOYO DENKI

14. AVR B ABB, BHEL, SIEMENS, TOYO DENKI

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022
7
SECTION-B

MECHANICAL
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST MECHANICAL
SECTION-B

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

1. GENERAL

1.1. Gearbox (50 kW A BONFIGLIOLI, ELECON, SIEMENS-FLENDER, ROSSI,


and above) SUMITOMO, HEC, KIRLOSKAR, SHANTHI

Gearbox (below B BONFIGLIOLI, ELECON, SIEMENS-FLENDER, ROSSI,


50 kW) SUMITOMO, ESSENTIAL POWER TRANSMISSION,
HEC, KIRLOSKAR, NAW, SHANTHI, PREMIUM
TRANSMISSION, SAN ENGG. LOCOMOTIVE
COMPANY LTD., SUMI- CYCLO DRIVE INDIA PVT.
LTD., TRIVENI, SCHMIEDE AND MASCHINEN

1.2. Geared Motor (5 A BONFIGLIOLI, CYCLO TRANSMISSION, ROSSI,


kW and above) SIEMENS, NORD, SEW-EURO DRIVE

Geared Motor B BONFIGLIOLI, CYCLO TRANSMISSION, ROSSI,


(below 5 kW) SIEMENS, NORD, SEW-EURO DRIVE, ESSENTIAL
POWER TRANSMISSION, IC INDIA LTD., POWER
BUILD, SHANTHI, SUMI-CYCLO DRIVE INDIA
PVT.LTD.

1.3. Geared Coupling A ELECON, FLEX-TRAN INDUSTRIES, RATHI (LOVEJOY),


(50 kW and SIEMENS-FLENDER, TIMKEN, FENNER
above)

Geared Coupling B ELECON, FLEX-TRAN INDUSTRIES, RATHI (LOVEJOY),


(below 50 kW) SIEMENS-FLENDER, TIMKEN, ALLIANCE ENGG. CO.,
CONCORD STEEL WORKS PVT. LTD., ESCO, GBM,
NAW, ROMA MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CO,
WELLMAN WACOMA, FENNER, SCHMIEDE AND
MASCHINEN

1.4. Pin Bush/ Bibby A ELECON, GBM, RATHI (LOVEJOY)


Coupling (10kW
and above)

Pin Bush/ Bibby B ELECON, GBM, RATHI (LOVEJOY), NAW, ROMA


Coupling (below MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CO, FENNER
10kW)

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

8
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST MECHANICAL
SECTION-B

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

1.5. Barrel Coupling A JAURE, MALMEDIE, RINGFEDER POWER


TRANSMISSION

1.6. Fluid Coupling A ELECON, FLUIDOMAT, GHATGE-PATIL INDUSTRIES,


PREMIUM TRANSMISSION, VOITH

1.7. Resilient Coupling A ELECON, FENNER, RATHI (LOVEJOY), NAW, TIMKEN,


WELLMAN WACOMA

1.8. Transmission B DIAMOND, REYNOLD, ROLKOBO, ROLCON, ROLON,


Chain & Sprocket GOLDEN ENGG & ENTERPRISE

1.9. DCEM Shoe Brake A BCH ELECTRIC LTD, ELEKTROMAG, KAKKU, KATEEL,
SIBRE, SPEED-O-CONTROL, EMCO PRECIMA
ENGINEERING PVT LTD.( BUBENZER BREMSEN)

1.10. DCEM Disc Brake A BCH ELECTRIC LTD, ELEKTROMAG, KAKKU, KATEEL,
PETHE, SIBRE, SPEED-O-CONTROL, EMCO PRECIMA
ENGINEERING PVT LTD.( BUBENZER BREMSEN)

1.11. Hydraulic thruster A EMCO PRECIMA ENGINEERING PVT LTD.( BUBENZER


brake BREMSEN), KATEEL, SIBRE

1.12. Non-metallic B KAVERI, TEGA, THEJO


Liner

1.13. Wearing Plates B NLMK INDIA, QUARD, HARDOX


(Metallic)

1.14. Lathe & Shaper B BATLIBOI, GUJARAT LATHE MANUFACTURING


COMPANY PVT. LTD., HEC, HMT

1.15. Welding Rectifier/ B ADVANI, ADOR, ESAB, MOGORA COSMIC, MEMCO


transformer

1.16. Bearing A FAG, NTN, SKF, TIMKEN, KOYO, SCHAEFFLER

1.17. Slew Bearing A ROTHE ERDE, SKF, LIEBHERR

1.18. Split Bearing A COOPER, TIMKEN, SKF

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

9
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST MECHANICAL
SECTION-B

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

1.19. Passenger cum A MITSUBISHI, OTIS, SCHNEIDER, THYSSENKRUPP,


Goods Elevator SCHINDLER
(544 kg and
above)

Passenger cum B MITSUBISHI, OTIS, SCHNEIDER, THYSSENKRUPP,


Goods Elevator SCHINDLER, ECE, KONE ELEVATOR, OMEGA
(below 544 kg )

1.20. Hook (up to 10 t) B FREE TRADING CORPORATION, HERMAN MOHTA,


SMRITI FORGING & ENGG, MACHINE TOOLS, ESKAY
MACHINERY, STEEL FORGINGS & ENGINEERING

1.21. Hook (above 10t) A FREE TRADING CORPORATION, HERMAN MOHTA,


SMRITI FORGING & ENGG, STEEL FORGINGS &
ENGINEERING

1.22. Wire Rope B BHARAT WIRE ROPES, FORT WILLIAM, BOMBAY


WIRE ROPE, ORION ROPES, USHA MARTIN

1.23. Expansion Joint A FLEXATHERM, FLEXICAN, LONE STAR, MB METALLIC


for Hot Blast BELLOWS
system (metallic)

1.24. Stove Valves (two A FOURESS, JOSHI & JAMPALA, INTERVALVE, DELVAL
lever/ three lever/ FLOW CONTROL, TYCO, L&T
double eccentric
butterfly valve )

1.25. Coil Strapping B KOHAN KOGYO CO., SIGNODE, SUND BRISTA, TITAN
M/c

2. MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT

2.1. Conveyor Belt B FORECH INDIA LTD, FENNER-DUNLOP, HINDUSTAN


RUBBER, JONSON RUBBER INDUSTRIES LTD., NORTH
LAND RUBBER, ORIENTAL RUBBER, PHOENIX
CONVEYOR BELT (INDIA) PVT. LTD, SEMPERTRANS
NIRLON

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

10
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST MECHANICAL
SECTION-B

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

2.2. Idler B AMPS ENGG. & EQUIPT. PVT. LTD., BENGAL TOOLS,
BEVCON, ELECON, GOLDEN ENGG & ENTREPRISE,
GOLDEN ENGINEERING INDUSTRIES, HITECH
EQUIPMENTS PVT. LTD., INDIANA CONVEYORS, L &
T, MACMET, MCNALLY SAYAJI ENGINEERING
LIMITED, NEWALL INDUSTRIES, SANRAJ PROJECTS
PVT. LTD., SANDVIK ASIA, SOLCON, TECHNO IMPEX,
VINAR SYSTEMS, VN INDUSTRIES

2.3. Pulley B AMPS ENGG. & EQUIPT. PVT. LTD., BENGAL TOOLS,
BEVCON, ELECON, GOLDEN ENGG & ENTREPRISE,
GOLDEN ENGINEERING INDUSTRIES, HITECH
EQUIPMENTS PVT. LTD., INDIANA CONVEYORS, L &
T, MACMET, MCNALLY SAYAJI ENGINEERING
LIMITED, NEWALL INDUSTRIES, SANRAJ PROJECTS
PVT. LTD., SANDVIK ASIA, SOLCON, TECHNO IMPEX,
VINAR SYSTEMS, VN INDUSTRIES

2.4. Belt Weigher / A ACME, FLSMIDH, PFISTER, PRECIA MOLEN, SCHENCK,


Weigh SIEMENS (MILTRONICS)

feeder System

2.5. Plummer Block A FAG, MASTA, SKF, TIMKEN


(100mm shaft dia
at bearing and
above)

Plummer Block B FAG, MASTA, NANDY ENGINEERING CONCERN, SKF,


(below 100mm TIMKEN
shaft dia at
bearing)

2.6. Belt Scraper (belt B HOSCH, KAVERI, THEJO


width 1000mm
and above)

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

11
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST MECHANICAL
SECTION-B

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

Belt Scraper (belt B HOSCH, KAVERI, INDIANA CONVEYORS, THEJO


width below
1000mm)

2.7. Vibrating Screen A METSO, SCHENK PROCESS, SANDVIK, FLSMIDTH


(100tph and
above)

Vibrating Screen B ELECTRO ZAVOD, ELEKTROMAG-JOEST VIBRATION


(below 100tph) PVT. LTD., IC INDIA LTD., McNALLY SAYAJI
ENGINEERING LIMITED, METSO, SCHENK PROCESS,
SANDVIK, FLSMIDTH,

2.8. Vibrating Feeder A ELECTRO ZAVOD, ELEKTROMAG-JOEST VIBRATION


PVT. LTD, IC INDIA LTD., McNALLY SAYAJI
ENGINEERING LIMITED, METSO, SCHENK PROCESS,
SANDVIK, FLSMIDTH,

2.9. Apron Feeder A L & T, THYSSEN KRUPP, SANDVIK, METSO


(500tph and
above)

Apron Feeder B ELECON, HAZEMAG, L & T, McNALLY SAYAJI


(below 500tph) ENGINEERING LIMITED, TENGL, THYSSEN KRUPP,
SANDVIK, METSO

2.10. Screw Conveyor B GMV ENGG, MASYC, VINAR SYSTEMS

2.11. Electro B AUMA, LIMITORQUE, PREPEC, ROTORK


mechanical
Actuator

2.12. EOT Crane (all A ANUPAM INDUSTRIES, HEC, JINDAL STEEL & POWER,
capacities) MUKAND, TATA GROWTH SHOP, UNIQUE
INDUSTRIAL HANDLERS

EOT Crane A CENTURY CRANE, ELECTROMECH, MELTECH CRANES


(maximum 50 t) PVT. LTD., FAFECO, SMACO, ALPHA

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

12
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST MECHANICAL
SECTION-B

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

EOT Crane B EDDY CRANE, SHIVPRA, TUOBRO FURGUSON,


(maximum 10 t) ELECTRO THERAPY

2.13. Electric Hoist B BRADY & MORRIS, CENTURY CRANE, EDDY CRANE,
ELECTROTHERAPY, GRIP ENGRS., HERCULES HOIST
LTD. (INDEF) , HI-TECH INDUSTRIES, MELTEC, REVA
ENGG, SHIVPRA

2.14. Electric Winch B EDDY CRANE, ELECTROMECH MHS PVT. LTD. ENGG,
ELECTROTHERAPY, HMTC ENGG. CO., PULLMAN

2.15. Jib Crane A BRADY & MORRIS, CENTURY CRANES, GRIP ENGG,
MELTEC, EDDY CRANE

2.16. Chain Pulley Block B BRADY& MORRIS, CENTURY CRANES, HERCULES


& Hand Operated HOIST LTD. (INDEF), HI-TECH., LIGHT LIFT IND.,
Travelling Crane REVA ENGG,TRACTEL TRIFOR

2.17. Underslung B EDDY CRANE , CENTURY CRANES, FAFECO, MUKAND,


Cranes KONE CRANES & DEMAG, REVA ENGG, ALPHA,
BRADY & MORRIS, SHIVPRA, TUOBRO FURGUSON

2.18. Shock Absorbers A ENIDINE, OLEO, ACE CONTROLS


/Hydraulic Buffer

2.19. Electro Magnet A ELEKTROMAG, SGM, SUPERLIFT

2.20. Tongs B BUCK, HEPPENSTALL, SOMERS, YELLOW STONE


INDIA

2.21. Stacker or A ELECON, FLSMIDTH, HEC, L & T, McNALLY SAYAJI


Reclaimer ENGINEERING LIMITED, METSO, SANDVIK ASIA,
THYSSENKRUPP

2.22. Stacker-cum- A FLSMIDTH, HEC, L & T, McNALLY SAYAJI


Reclaimer ENGINEERING LIMITED, METSO, SANDVIK ASIA,
THYSSENKRUPP

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

13
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST MECHANICAL
SECTION-B

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

2.23. Bucket-Wheel A FLSMIDTH, HEC, L & T, McNALLY SAYAJI


Reclaimer ENGINEERING LIMITED, METSO, THYSSENKRUPP,
SANDVIK ASIA

2.24. Wagon Tippler A ELECON, FLSMIDTH, HEC, L & T, McNALLY SAYAJI


ENGINEERING LIMITED, METSO, THYSSENKRUPP

2.25. Hanging Magnet/ A ELECTRO ZAVOD, ELEKTROMAG, HUMBOLDT


Cross belt/ Inline WEDAG, MAGNET INDUSTRIES (CAL) PVT. LTD.,
Magnetic McNALLY SAYAJI ENGINEERING LIMITED, METSO
Separator

2.26. Fork Lift B GODREJ, TIL, VOLTAS

2.27. Crusher (Cone / A FLSMIDTH, HEC, L&T, McNALLY SAYAJI


Gyratory / Jaw) ENGINEERING LIMITED, METSO, SANDVIK,
THYSSENKRUPP, URALMASH

2.28. Impact / Hammer A HEC, L&T, McNALLY SAYAJI ENGINEERING LIMITED,


Crusher METSO, SANDVIK, TERRASOURCE, THYSSENKRUPP

2.29. Roll Crusher A ELECON, FLSMIDTH, HEC, L&T, McNALLY SAYAJI


ENGINEERING LIMITED, SANDVIK, THYSSENKRUPP,
URALMASH

2.30. Rotary Breaker A L&T, McNALLY SAYAJI ENGINEERING LIMITED,


TERRASOURCE, THYSSENKRUPP

3. HYDRAULICS SYSTEM

3.1. Hydraulic Cylinder A CANARA HYDRAULICS, DANVER, EATON, HYDRO


PNEUMATIC CONTROLS, OSCAR, PARKER, REXROTH,
VEKTRA ENGG., VELJAN, WIPRO, YUKEN

3.2. Hydraulic System A EATON, HYDAC, PARKER, REXROTH, YUKEN


with Accessories

3.3. Hydraulic Valves A CANARA HYDRAULICS, EATON, HYDAC, MOOG,


PARKER, REXROTH, YUKEN

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

14
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST MECHANICAL
SECTION-B

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

3.4. Accumulator A BOSCH, EATON, EPE, HYDAC, PARKER, REXROTH,


YUKEN

3.5. Hydraulic Fitting B EPE, FLUID CONTROL HYDROCRIMP, HYDAC,


& Clamp HYDAIR, HYDROMATIK, HYTECH, PTS, STAUFF

3.6. Hydraulic Filter B HYDAC, INTERNORMEN, PARKER

3.7. Hydraulic Motor A EATON, MAHA HYDRAULICS, PARKER, REXROTH,


SAUER DANFOSS, YUKEN

3.8. Hydraulic Pump A SAUER DANFOSS, EATON, MAHA HYDRAULICS,


PARKER, REXROTH, YUKEN

3.9. Hose B AEROFLEX, EATON, HYDROKRIMP, HYDROLINE,


INDIA FLEX INDUSTRIES, INDO INDUSTRIAL
SERVICES, PARKER, PSI HYDRAULICS, SONI RUBBER
PRODUCTS LTD., SUPERSEAL

4. PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

4.1. Pneumatic B CANARA HYDRAULICS, EL-O-MATIC (INDIA) PVT.


Cylinder LTD., GABRIEL PNEUMATICS, HYDAIR, HYDRO
PNEUMATIC CONTROLS, I.L. PALAKKAD, NUCON,
ROTEX, SHRADER, SMC, VELJAN, WIPRO

5. LUBRICATION SYSTEM

5.1. Oil Lubrication A HYDAC, SKF LINCOLN, LUBRICATION SYSTEM LTD.,


System for Rolling BIJUR DELIMON, REBS LUBRICATION
Mills, Sinter Plant,
Blast Furnace,
Bulk material
equip

5.2. Oil Lubrication B HYDAC, SKF LINCOLN, LUBRICATION SYSTEM LTD.,


System other PRAKASH LUBRIQUIPMENT, SHAAN LUBE, BIJUR
than above (Cl. DELIMON, REBS LUBRICATION
5.1)

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

15
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST MECHANICAL
SECTION-B

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

5.3. Screw Pump B ROTO, TUSHACO, UT PUMPS & SYSTEM

5.4. Gear Pump B ALFA, PARKER, REXROTH, ROTO, ROTODEL,


TUSHACO

5.5. Filter Strainer B MULTITEX FILTRATION, OTOKLIN, SPAN ASSOCIATES


PUNE, SUPERFLOW FILTERS

5.6. Oil Mist / Oil-Air A BIJUR DELIMON, SKF LINCOLN, REBS LUBRICATION
Lubrication
System

5.7. Grease A BIJUR DELIMON, SKF LINCOLN, REBS LUBRICATION


Lubrication
System for Rolling
Mills, Sinter Plant,
Blast Furnace,
Bulk material
Handling Euip

5.8. Grease B AFMC, BIJUR DELIMON, CENLUB SYSTEMS, SKF


Lubrication LINCOLN, PRAKASH LUBRIQUIPMENT, REBS
System other LUBRICATION
than above
(Cl 5.7)

5.9. Hose B AEROFLEX, HYDROKRIMP, HYDROLINE, INDO


INDUSTRIAL SERVICES, PSI HYDRAULICS, SONI
RUBBER PRODUCTS LTD., SUPERSEAL

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

16
SECTION-C

MINING & MINERAL


PROCESSING AREA
MINING & MINERAL
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST
PROCESSING AREA
SECTION-C

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

1. Sizer A FLSMIDTH, MMD, SANDVIK, THYSSENKRUPP

2. Ball / Rod / Ag Mill A CEMTEC, CHANDERPUR WORKS PVT. LTD.,


FLSMIDTH, HEC, L&T, McNALLY SAYAJI
ENGINEERING LIMITED, METSO, OUTOTEC,
SANDVIK , THYSSENKRUPP, URALMASH

3. Classifier A DORR OLIVER, DURGA METALS, EIMCO-KCP,


FLSMIDTH,METSO, MBE-CMT

4. Thickener A EIMCO-KCP, FLSMIDTH, McNALLY SAYAJI


ENGINEERING LIMITED, METSO, OUTOTEC,
TENOVA-DELKOR, WESTECH

5. Jig A ALLMINERAL, MBE-CMT, TENOVA-DELKOR

6. Filter(Vacuum A ANDRITZ, EIMCO-KCP, FLSMIDTH, METSO,


/Pressure) OUTOTEC, TENOVA-DELKOR, TH COMPANY,
WESTECH

7. Wet High Intensity A ALLMINERAL, ERIEZ, MBE-CMT, METSO, LONGI


Magnetic Separator MAGNET, MINERAL TECHNOLOGIES, OUTOTEC
/ High Gradient
Magnetic Separator

8. Low Intensity A ERIEZ, LONGI MAGNET, MBE-CMT, METSO,


Magnetic Separator MINERAL TECHNOLOGIES, MULTOTEC

9. Dewatering Screen A DERRICK, FLSMIDTH –LUDOWICI, IC , METSO,


McNALLY SAYAJI ENGINEERING LIMITED,
SCHENCK PROCESS, WEIR MINERALS

10. Spiral – Gravity A AKW A+V GMBH, FLSMIDTH, MINERAL


Concentrator TECHNOLOGIES, MULTOTEC, OUTOTEC

11. Hydrocyclones A CDE, FLSMIDTH KERBS, McNALLY SAYAJI


ENGINEERING LIMITED, METSO, MOZLEY,
MULTOTEC, WEIR MINERALS

12. Metal Detector A ELECTRO ZAVOD,ELEKTROMAG, ERIEZ, MBE-CMT,


METSO

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

17
SECTION-D

PROCESS CONTROL &


AUTOMATION
PROCESS CONTROL
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST
& AUTOMATION
SECTION-D

S No. ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE

1. FIELD INSTRUMENTATION

1.1. Pressure/differential A ABB, EMERSON, E&H, FUJI,


pressure/Level/Flow Transmitter HONEYWELL, YOKOGAWA, SIEMENS

1.2. Temperature Transmitter A ABB, E&H, EMERSON, HONEYWELL,


SIEMENS, YOKOGAWA

1.3. Pressure / DP switch A ASHCROFT, BAUMER, DANFOSS,


INDFOS, WIKA, SWITZER,

1.4. Tuning Fork/ Rod type Level A ABB, E&H, EMERSON, NIVO
Switch CONTROL, SAPCON, SIEMENS, VEGA

1.5. Conductivity/RF/Capacitance A E&H, NIVO CONTROL, P&F, SAPCON,


type Level Switch VEGA,

1.6. Float type Level Switch A BAUMER, EMERSON, ENDRESS &


HOUSER, KROHNE MARSHALL,
LEVCON, NIVO CONTROL, SAPCON,
TRAC

1.7. Ultrasonic Level Sensor A E&H, EMERSON, KROHNE


MARSHALL, P&F, SIEMENS, SICK,
VEGA

1.8. Radar Type Level Sensor A E&H, EMERSON, KROHNE,


MARSHALL, SIEMENS, VEGA

1.9. Electro Magnetic Flow Meter A E&H, EMERSON, KROHNE


MARSHALL, YOKOGAWA, SIEMENS

1.10. Flow Elements (Orifice / Venturi A ENGG SPECIALTIES, EMERSON, UNI


/ Flow nozzle / Pitot tube / CONTROL, WIKA
Annubar)

1.11. Radiation Pyrometer A CHINO, EUROTHERM, LAND,


WILLIAMSON CORPORATION, FLUKE
(online/portable)

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

18
PROCESS CONTROL
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST
& AUTOMATION
SECTION-D

S No. ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE

1.12. Level SW/ Transmitter B BERTHOLD, E&H, THERMOFISHER

(Nucleonic type)

1.13. Temperature Switch B E&H, IFM, HYDAC, WIKA

1.14. Flow Switch B EMERSON, IFM, KROHNE MARSHAL,


KOBOLD

1.15. Vortex Flow Meter A E&H, EMERSON, KROHNE MARSHAL,


SIEMENS, YOKOGAWA

1.16. Mass (Coriolis) Flow A ABB, E&H, EMERSON, KROHNE


MARSHAL, SIEMENS, YOKOGAWA,

1.17. Level Switch/Transmitter B CHEMTROL, DK INSTRUMENTS,


(Displacer Type) EMERSON, LEVCON

2. CONTROL VALVES

2.1. Globe Valve A FISHER, FORBES MARSHALL, IL


PALAKKAD, KOSO, SAMSON,
SEVERN, UNIFLOW CONTROLS

2.2. Butterfly Valve A AIRA, DEL VAL, FISHER, FOURESS, IL


PALAKKAD, KOSO, SEVERN

2.3. Pneumatic Actuator A DEL VAL, FORBES MARSHALL, IL


PALAKKAD, KOSO, OM CONTROL,
ROTEX, SAMSON, UNIFLOW
CONTROLS

2.4. Electrical Motor Actuator A AUMA, BERNARD, LIMITORQUE,


ROTORK,

2.5. Electro Pneumatic Positioner A ABB, EMERSON, FORBES MARSHALL,


SIEMENS

3. CONTROL SYSTEM EQUIPMENT

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

19
PROCESS CONTROL
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST
& AUTOMATION
SECTION-D

S No. ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE

3.1. Signal Isolator A MASIBUS, MICROSYSTEMS &


CONTROLS, MTL, P&F, PHOENIX,
STAHL, YOKOGAWA

3.2. Distributed Control System A ABB, EMERSON, HONEYWELL,


TOSHIBA, YOKOGAWA,

3.3. PLC System A ABB, HITACHI, HONEYWELL,


EMERSON AUTOMATION
(FORMERLY “GE INTELLIGENT”),
ROCKWELL, SCHNEIDER, SIEMENS

3.4. Technological Control System/ A ABB, DANIELI, EMERSON


Multi Tasking Control System/ AUTOMATION (FORMERLY “GE
Embedded Control System INTELLIGENT”), SIEMENS, SMS,
TMEIC

3.5. PDA A DANIELI, IBA, LMS, MICA, SOMAT

3.6. Panel / Enclosure / Rack B APW PRESIDENT, HOFFMANN,


PYROTECH, RITTAL, VALRACK

3.7. Surge Protection A DEHN, MTL, P&F, PHOENIX


CONTACT, OBO BETTERMANN

4. PANEL BASED INSTRUMENTATION

4.1. Single Loop Stand Alone A ABB, FUJI, HONEYWELL, SIEMENS,


Controller TOSHIBA, YOKOGAWA

4.2. Paperless Recorder A CHINO, EUROTHERM, FUJI,


HONEYWELL, LAXONS, YOKOGAWA,

4.3. Alarm Annunciator B IIC, IL, MINILEC, PROCON, SEMUDA

4.4. Regulated DC Power Supply Unit A APLAB, COSSEL, PHOENIX CONTACT,


/ SMPS SIEMENS, WAGO

5. ANALYSERS

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

20
PROCESS CONTROL
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST
& AUTOMATION
SECTION-D

S No. ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE

5.1. Gas Analyser A ABB CHEMTROL (AMETEK),


EMERSON, FUJI, FORBES MARSHALL,
HONEYWELL, PANAMETRICS, SICK,
SIEMENS, YOKOGAWA

5.2. Gas Detector A BEILER & LANG, DETRONICS,


DRAGGER, INDUSTRIAL SC. CORPN
MSA, TELEDYNE

5.3. Flame Detector A DURAG, ENDEE, HONEYWELL, SICK,


YAMATAKE

5.4. Moisture Analyzer (Nucleonic) A CHINO, BERTHOLD, EMERSON,


THERMO FISHER

5.5. Moisture Analyzer A ABB, CHEMTROL, MOISTECH, NDC,


SIEMENS
(Microwave/ Capacitance Type)

5.6. Opacity Analyser A DURAG, FORBES MARSHALL,


MAIHEK, SICK,

5.7. Calorific Value Analyser A CHEMTROL(AMS), REINEKE, UNION


CALORIMETER, YOKOGAWA, IGCA

5.8. pH / Conductivity / ORP A ABB, E&H, EMERSON, FORBES


MARSHAL, HONEYWELL,
Analyser
YOKOGAWA,

5.9. SOX / NOX/ CO Analyser A ABB, AIC (FUJI), EMERSON, FUJI,


FORBES MARSHAL, HONEYWELL,
SICK, SIEMENS, YOKOGAWA

5.10. Elemental Analyser A JICO, MAYA, PANALYTICAL, REAL


TIME, SCANTECH, THERMO
SCIENTIFIC

6. WEIGHING

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

21
PROCESS CONTROL
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST
& AUTOMATION
SECTION-D

S No. ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE

6.1. Electronic Weighing System A ABB, ACME, AVERY KELK, BEST,


MINEBEA INTEC (FORMERLY
(Hopper Weighing / Platform /
SARTORIOUS), PRECIA MOLEN, RICE
Scales / In-motion W.B.)
LAKE, SCHENK, TRANSWEIGH

6.2. Load Cells & Accessories A ABB, FLINTEK, HBM, MINEBEA INTEC
(FORMERLY SARTORIOUS), PRECIA
MOLEN, PRECISION, RICELAKE,
SCHENCK, SIEMENS, KELK

7. SPECIAL INSTRUMENTS

7.1. Thickness Gauge A IMS, IRM, MESACON, TOSHIBA,


THERMO SCIENTIFIC,

7.2. Hot Metal Detector A AMERICAN SENSORS, DANIELI,


DELTA, SICK,TOSHIBA, HOKUYO
AUTOMATIC CO. LTD.

7.3. Width Gauge A ABB, DELTA, DANIELI, IMS,


PSYSTEME, THERMO SCIENTIFIC,
TOSHIBA

7.4. Vibration Monitoring System B GE OIL & GAS, IRD MECHANALYSIS,


SHINKAWA

7.5. Portable Vibration Monitor B BENTLEY NEVADA, FORBES


MARSHAL, IRO
with analysis software

7.6. Test & Measuring Equipment B APLAB, FLUKE, KANE, SCIENTIFIC,


TECHNOFIX,

7.7. Laboratory Equipment B BEAMEX, FLUKE, SCANDURA,WIKA

7.8. Digital Multi-Function Meter B ACORD, CONSERVE, L&T, RISHAV,


SECURE

7.9. Strip Profile Gauge A IMS, MESACON, NDC (IRM),


THERMO SCIENTIFIC, TOSHIBA,

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

22
PROCESS CONTROL
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST
& AUTOMATION
SECTION-D

S No. ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE

7.10. Flatness/ Shape Gauge A ABB, DELTA, IMS, P-SYSTEME,


SIEMENS, THERMO SCIENTIFIC,

7.11. Laser Doppler Velocity Meter A ACCUSPEED, AMERICAN SENSORS,


DELTA, KELK, LASER SPEED,

7.12. Optical Barrier A ABB, AMERICAN SENSORS, DELTA,


PAULI, SICK,

7.13. Position Transducer A LEONARD BAUR, NSD, SONY


MAGNESCALE, TEMPOSONIC, DELTA

7.14. Optical Encoder A HUBNER, LINE & LINDEY,


STEGMANN

7.15. Surface Inspection System A ABB,COGNEX, PARSYTEC, SIEMENS,


SURCON

8. COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT

8.1. Wireless Communication A CISCO, EXTREME, GE, JUNIPER,


Equipment LOTUS WIRELESS, MOTOROLA,
MOXA, RADIUS, SATELLINE, SHEETAL
WIRELESS, STAHL, PHOENIX
CONTACT

8.2. EPABX A ALCATEL, AVAYA, ERICSON, ITI,


SIEMENS

8.3. PA System/ Conferencing B AHUJA, BOSCH, HONEYWELL, PHI


system AUDIO COM

9. DISPLAY & FDA SYSTEM

9.1. Alpha Numeric Display/ Jumbo B AGLA, BCH, BEMCO, BLE BELL, EPCC,
ESSEN, GE, KHERAJ, LECTROTEK,
Display
MICROTECH, VINAY

9.2. Large Screen Display B HITACHI, LG, PANASONIC,


SAMSUNG, SONY

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

23
PROCESS CONTROL
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST
& AUTOMATION
SECTION-D

S No. ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE

9.3. Video Walls (LED) B DELTA, HITACHI, LG, PANASONIC,


SAMSUNG, SONY

9.4. Fire Detection and Alarm (FDA) A BOSCH, HONEYWELL (ESSER),


System HONEYWELL (NOTIFIER),
SECURITON, SIEMENS, TYCO

10. INSTRUMENTATION CABLES

10.1. Instrumentation/ Screened/ Co- A CCI, CORDS, DELTRON, FINOLEX,


axial/ Special Cables LAPP, MEM, NICCO,
THERMOCABLES, TOSHNIWAL,
UNIVERSAL, SUN

10.2. Telephone Cable B BELDON, DELTON, FINOLEX, NICCO,


TELE LINK, UNIVERSAL,

10.3. Load Cell Cable A FLINTEC, HBM, PRECIA MOLEN,


RICELAKE, SARTORIOUS, SCHENK,
SIEMENS

10.4. T/C Extension cable, A BELDEN, LAPP, MEM, TEMCON,


Compensating cable, PTFE cable TEMPSENS, THERMOCABLE,
TOSHNIWAL CABLES

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

24
SECTION-E

REFRACTORY
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST REFRACTORY
SECTION-E

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

1. Fireclay Refractories B ARUN REFRACTORIES, ARVIND


INDUSTRIES, ASSOCIATED CERAMICS
(Alumina Up to 44 %)
LTD., BRAHMA REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD.,
BURNPUR CERAMICS, BURNPUR
INDUSTRIES, CHAMPION CERAMICS PVT.
LTD., DALMIA CEMENT (BHARAT) LTD.,
INDUSTRIAL ASSOCIATES, MAHAKOSHAL
REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD., MAITHAN
CERAMIC LTD., MANISHRI REFRACTORIES
& CERAMICS PVT. LTD., PREMIER
REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD., RAJHANS
REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD., SAIL
REFRACTORY UNIT, SHREEKANT
INDUSTRIES, TRL KROSAKI REFRACTORIES
LTD., VALLEY REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD.

2. High Alumina Refractories B ASSOCIATED CERAMICS LTD., BRAHMA


REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD., CHAMPION
(Alumina Above 44 %)
CERAMICS PVT. LTD., DALMIA CEMENT
(BHARAT) LTD., INDUSTRIAL ASSOCIATES,
MAHAKOSHAL REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD.,
MAITHAN CERAMIC LTD., MANISHRI
REFRACTORIES & CERAMICS PVT. LTD.,
PREMIER REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD.,
RAJHANS REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD.,
RANCHI REFRACTORIES (INDIA) PVT. LTD.,
SAIL REFRACTORY UNIT, SAINT-GOBAIN
PERFORMANCE CERAMICS &
REFRACTORIES, TRL KROSAKI
REFRACTORIES LTD.

3. Silica Refractories B DALMIA CEMENT (BHARAT) LTD., TRL


KROSAKI REFRACTORIES LTD., SAIL
REFRACTORY UNIT

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

25
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST REFRACTORY
SECTION-E

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

4. Insulation Refractories B ACHINT CHEMICALS, ASSOCIATED


CERAMICS LTD., CALDERYS INDIA
REFRACTORIES LTD., CARBORUNDUM
UNIVERSAL LTD., MAITHAN CERAMICS
LTD., MURUGAPPA MORGAN THERMAL
CERAMICS LTD., NAVRANG
REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD., NEWKEM
PRODUCTS CORPOPRATION, NUTECH
REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD., PREMIER
REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD., RAJASTHAN
CERAMICS INDUSTRIES, RELIABLE
REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD., VALLEY
REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD., SHREE
CERAMICS FIBERS PVT. LTD.

5. Basic Refractories B CHAMPION CERAMICS PVT. LTD., DALMIA


(Magnesite/ Mag Chrome/ CEMENT (BHARAT) LTD., MAITHAN
Chrome Mag/ Magnesia- CERAMIC LTD., MANISHRI REFRACTORIES
Carbon/ Alumina Magnesia & CERAMICS PVT. LTD., RANCHI
Carbon) REFRACTORIES (INDIA) PVT. LTD., RHI
MAGNESITA INDIA LTD., SAIL
REFRACTORY COMPANY LTD., SAIL
REFRACTORY UNIT, SARVESH
REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD., TRL KROSAKI
REFRACTORIES LTD., VESUVIUS INDIA
LTD.

6. Purging Refractories B DALMIA CEMENT (BHARAT) LTD., HI-TECH


(Porous Plug/ Purging Plug) CHEMICALS (P) LTD, IFGL REFRACTORIES
LTD., MANISHRI REFRACTORIES &
CERAMICS PVT. LTD., RHI MAGNESITA
INDIA LTD., SARVESH REFRACTORIES PVT.
LTD., TRL KROSAKI REFRACTORIES LTD.,
VESUVIUS INDIA LTD.

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

26
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST REFRACTORY
SECTION-E

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

7. Pouring Refractories (Well B DALMIA CEMENT (BHARAT) LTD., HI-TECH


block/ Inner Nozzle/ Outer CHEMICALS (P) LTD, IFGL REFRACTORIES
Nozzle/ Slide gate) LTD., MANISHRI REFRACTORIES &
CERAMICS PVT. LTD., RANCHI
REFRACTORIES (INDIA) PVT. LTD., RHI
MAGNESITA INDIA LTD., SARVESH
REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD., TRL KROSAKI
REFRACTORIES LTD., VESUVIUS INDIA
LTD.

8. Black Refractories (Shroud/ B DALMIA CEMENT (BHARAT) LTD., HI-TECH


Mono block Stopper/ CHEMICALS (P) LTD, IFGL REFRACTORIES
Tundish Nozzle/ SEN/ LTD., RHI MAGNESITA INDIA LTD.,
Single Taphole Sleeve) SARVESH REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD., TRL
KROSAKI REFRACTORIES LTD., VESUVIUS
INDIA LTD.

9. Silicon Carbide Refractories B CARBORUNDUM UNIVERSAL LTD., SAINT-


GOBAIN PERFORMANCE CERAMICS &
REFRACTORIES

10. Alumina-Silicon Carbide- B CHAMPION CERAMICS PVT. LTD., DALMIA


Carbon (ASC) Refractories CEMENT (BHARAT) LTD., MANISHRI
REFRACTORIES & CERAMICS PVT. LTD.,
RAASI REFRACTORIES LTD., RHI
MAGNESITA INDIA LTD., TRL KROSAKI
REFRACTORIES LTD.

11. Acid Resistant Refractories B CHAMPION CERAMICS PVT. LTD.,


MAHAKOSHAL REFRACTORIES PVT. LTD.,
MANISHRI REFRACTORIES & CERAMICS
PVT. LTD., RAJHANS REFRACTORIES PVT.
LTD., BURNPUR CERAMICS, SB STEEL,
ORIENT REFRACTORIES, JARIDIH
CHEMICALS & INDUSTRIES

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

27
SECTION-F

UTILITIES & SERVICES


ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST UTILITY & SERVICES
SECTION-F

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

1. PUMPS

1.1. Centrifugal Pumps (Horizontal A BHEL, FLOWMORE, FLOW SERVE,


Split Casing / Horizontal Back KIRLOSKAR (KBL), KSB, SAM, SULZER,
Pullout / Vertical axial, Volute WILO-MATHER & PLATT, WPIL, JYOTI
& Mixed flow Types – All PUMPS
ranges)

1.2. Centrifugal Pumps (Horizontal A BEST & CROMPTON, CALAMA, CHEMFLO,


Split Casing / Horizontal Back CRI, SAM, SJ INDUSTRIES, SPX FLOW
Pullout / Vertical axial, Volute (JOHNSON)
& Mixed flow Types – Less
than 100 m3/h)

1.3. Boiler Feed Pumps / A BHEL, KIRLOSKAR EBARA PUMPS LIMITED


Condensate Extraction Pump (For boiler capacity upto 50 tph), KSB,
SULZER

1.4. Submersible pump B CALAMA, CRI, DARLING, FLOWMORE,


KISHOR PUMPS, KSB, LUBI, SAM, SU
MOTORS, SULZER, VARAT, WPIL, XYLEM,
KBL, WILO-MATHER & PLATT

1.5. Horizontal Centrifugal Pumps A BEST & CROMPTON, CRI, FL SMIDTH


For Slurry Handling (DORR OLIVER), FLOWMORE, FLOW
SERVE, METSO, SAM, WEIR MINERALS

1.6. Reciprocating Slurry Pump A FL SMIDTH (DORR OLIVER), ROTO, WEIR


MINERALS

1.7. Vertical Centrifugal Pumps for A METSO, SAM, WEIR MINERALS


Slurry Handling

1.8. Reciprocating Pumps A ACME, AIRAUTO, CHEMTROL ENGG.,


FLOW SERVE, SWELORE

2. VALVES & GATES

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

28
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST UTILITY & SERVICES
SECTION-F

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

2.1.FLUIDS (EXCEPT STEAM & OXYGEN) SERVICE

General Services-Make-up water system, Cleaning & Washing, Service air system, Purging
system

2.1.1. Gate and Globe B BHEL, FLUIDTECH EQUPT., FOURESS, GM


ENGG., INTERVALVE, IVC, JOSHI JAMPALA,
(Cast Steel)
KIRLOSKAR, KSB, L&T, MASCOT,
General Services OSWAL INDUSTRIES, STEELSTRONG, TYCO
VALVES, UNIVERSAL ENGG. CONCERN,
VALVE TECH IND., LEADER, SWIMS
TECHNOLOGIES

2.1.2. Gate and Globe A BHEL, FLUIDTECH EQUPT., FOURESS, KSB,


L&T, TYCO VALVES, SWIMS
(Cast Steel)
TECHNOLOGIES
All Process

2.1.3. Non-return Valves (Cast Steel) B ADVANCE, BHEL, DEZURIK, FLUIDTECH


EQUPT., FOURESS, GM ENGG.,
General Services
INTERVALVE, KIRLOSKAR, KSB, L&T,
OSWAL INDUSTRIES, STEELSTRONG,
UNIVERSAL ENGG. CONCERN, UNIVERSAL
ENGG., VALVE TECH IND, LEADER SWIMS
TECHNOLOGIES

2.1.4. Non-return Valves (Cast Steel) A BHEL, FLUIDTECH EQUPT., FOURESS, KSB,
L&T, SWIMS TECHNOLOGIES
All Process

2.1.5. Gate, Globe and Non-return B BHEL, FOURESS, HYDRO TECH ENGG.,
Valves INTERVALVE, JOSHI JAMPALA, KIRLOSKAR
(KBL), KSB, L&T, OSWAL INDUSTRIES,
(Forged Steel)
VALVE TECH IND.,SWIMS TECHNOLOGIES
General Services

2.1.6. Gate, Globe and Non-return A BHEL, FOURESS, KSB, L&T, SWIMS
Valves (Forged Steel) TECHNOLOGIES

All Process

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

29
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST UTILITY & SERVICES
SECTION-F

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

2.1.7. Gate and Globe Valves (SS & A BHEL, FOURESS, INTERVALVE, KSB, L&T,
Alloy Steel) OSWAL INDUSTRIES, SWIMS
TECHNOLOGIES

2.1.8. Gate, Globe, Non-Return B BANKIM, CALSEN, CHEMTECH, DURGA


Valves VALVES, FLUIDTECH EQUPT., GM DALUI,
IVC, JOSHI JAMPALA, KIRLOSKAR,
(Cast Iron, & SG Iron)
LEADER, SHIVA DURGA, SIGMA FLOW,
General Services UNIVERSAL ENGG. CONCERN, UNIVERSAL
ENGG., UPADHYAY, VALVE TECH IND

2.1.9. Gate, Globe, Non-Return A FLUIDTECH EQUPT., IVC, JOSHI JAMPALA,


Valves KIRLOSKAR, SHIVA DURGA, UPADHYAY

(Cast Iron, & SG Iron)

All Process

2.1.10. Double Eccentric Butterfly A DELVAL FLOW CONTROLS, FOURESS,


Valves INTERVALVE, JOSHI JAMPALA, L&T,
STAFFORD (VIRGO), VALVE TECH IND.,
SWIMS TECHNOLOGIES, KSB, KIRLOSKAR,
IL

2.1.11. Triple Eccentric Butterfly Valves A DELVAL FLOW CONTROLS, EMERSON


(VIRGO), FOURESS, INTERVALVE,
JOSHI JAMPALA, L&T, PENTAIR (TYCO),
SWIMS TECHNOLOGIES

2.1.12. Butterfly Valve B BRAY CONTROLS, DELVAL FLOW


CONTROLS, DEMBLA, DEZURIK, DURGA
General Services
VALVES, CHEMTECH, FLOW SERVE,
FOURESS, INTERVALVE, JOSHI JAMPALA.,
KIRLOSKAR, KSB, L&T, MASCOT, METSO,
ROTEX, SIGMA FLOW, STAFFORD
CONTROLS, TYCO VALVES, UNIVERSAL
ENGG. CONCERN, UNIVERSAL ENGG.,
VALVE TECH IND.,AVCON, SWIMS
TECHNOLOGIES , LEADER

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

30
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST UTILITY & SERVICES
SECTION-F

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

2.1.13. Butterfly Valve A BRAY CONTROLS, DELVAL FLOW


CONTROLS, FLOW SERVE , FOURESS,
All Process
INTERVALVE, KSB, L&T, METSO,
TYCO VALVES, SWIMS TECHNOLOGIES

2.1.14. Fabricated Valves (Gate Valves) A FLUIDTECH EQUPT., FOURESS, JOSHI


JAMPALA, L&T, CHEMTECH

2.1.15. Fabricated Valves (Butterfly A FLUIDTECH EQUPT., FOURESS, IL,


Valves) INTERVALVE, JOSHI JAMPALA, L&T

2.1.16. Goggle Valves A FOURESS, JOSHI JAMPALA, Zimmerman &


Jhonson-India, CHEMTECH

2.1.17. 3 or 4 Way Cock/Plug valve (CI B FLOWSERVE, UNIVERSAL ENGG.


/ CS/ FS) CONCERN, L&T

2.1.18. Ball Valve (SS/CS / FS / CI) B AQUA VALVES, DELVAL FLOW CONTROLS,
EMERSON (VIRGO), INTERVALVE, KSB,
General Services
L&T, MASCOT, OSWAL INDUSTRIES,
MICROFINISH, NSSL, PENTAIR (TYCO),
ROTEX, VALVE TECH IND., SWIMS
TECHNOLOGIES

2.1.19. Ball Valve (SS/CS / FS / CI) A DELVAL FLOW CONTROLS, EMERSON


(VIRGO), INTERVALVE, KSB,
All Process
L&T,MICROFINISH, , PENTAIR (TYCO),
ROTEX, SWIMS TECHNOLOGIES

2.1.20. Float Valve B CALSEN, IVC, LEADER, LEVCON, SHIVA


DURGA, UPADHAYA,

2.1.21. Foot Valve B CALSEN, DEZURIK, IVC, KIRLOSKAR (KBL),


LEADER, LEVCON, SHIVA DURGA,
UPADHAYA, SWIMS TECHNOLOGIES

2.1.22. Diaphragm Valve A CRANE PROCESS, FLUID SYSTEM,


MASCOT, SWIMS TECHNOLOGIES

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

31
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST UTILITY & SERVICES
SECTION-F

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

2.1.23. Air Release Valve B BANKIM, CALSEN, IVC, LEADER, LEVCON,


SHIVA DURGA, SIGMA FLOW, UPADHYAY

2.1.24. Safety Valve A BHEL, IL, FORBES MARSHALL, MEKASTAR,


PENTAIR (TYCO), SWIMS TECHNOLOGIES

2.1.25. Needle Valve A AIR CHEM, DUNCUN, SCHRODER, SEIMAG,


VALVE TECH IND

2.1.26. Knife-edge Gate Valve A DEZURIK, FLOWLINK SYSTEMS, HABONIM


VASS, JASH, JOSHI JAMPALA, METSO,
ORBINOX, PENTAIR (TYCO), VALVE TECH
IND, WEIR-MINERALS, BRAY CONTROLS

2.1.27. Pressure Reducing Valve A CRESCENT, FLOWTEK, FORBES MARSHALL,


IL, MEKASTER

2.1.28. Sluice Gate B IM ENGG, INTERVALVE, JASH, LEVCON

2.1.29. Non-Ferrous Valves (General B AKSONS, ASCO, BOMBAY METAL,


CRESCENT, FLUIDLINE, GM DALUI,
Purpose)
LEADER, SANT VALVES, VALVE TECH IND

2.1.30. Dampers – (Air and Gas B DTL, FOURESS, INTERVALVE, JOSHI


services) JAMPALA, STAFFORD

2.2.STEAM SERVICE

2.2.1. Gate and Globe A BHEL, FOURESS, HOPKINSONS-WEIR,


HYDRO TECH ENGG., INTERVALVE, KSB, L
(Cast Steel & Forged Steel)
& T, OSWAL INDUSTRIES, PRUSS(HS),
SWIMS TECHNOLOGIES

2.2.2. Non-return Valves (Cast Steel A BHEL, DEZURIK, FOURESS, INTERVALVE,


& Forged Steel) KSB, L&T , SWIMS TECHNOLOGIES

2.2.3. Gate, Globe & Non-return A BHEL, FOURESS, HOPKINSONS-WEIR, KSB,


Valves L & T, OSWAL INDUSTRIES

(SS & Alloy Steel)

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

32
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST UTILITY & SERVICES
SECTION-F

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

2.2.4. Ball valves (Cast Carbon Steel A BHEL, KSB, L & T, OSWAL INDUSTRIES,
and alloy Steel) THERMAX

3. HEAT EXCHANGERS

3.1. Heat Exchanger (Plate Type) A ALFA LAVAL, APV, HRS, IDMC, SWEP,
TRANTER, KELVION INDIA

3.2. Heat Exchanger (Shell & Tube B AIR CARE EQUIPMENTS, ALFA LAVAL, APV,
BHEL, EASTERN EQUIP ENG (EEE), EUREKA
Types)
ENGG., GODREJ, ING-TECH ENGG. CO.,
L&T, PRECISION COOLING, REILIENCE,
RELIANCE, TEMA INDIA, TEXMACO,
THERMAL SYSTEMS, THERMAX

4. COOLING TOWERS A GAMMON, GEA COOLING TOWERS,


PAHARPUR, PALTECH, SHRIRAM TOWER,
WET BULB

5. FILTERS / STRAINERS

5.1. Filters /Strainers A AMIAD, FILTRATION ENGINEERS,


OTOKLIN, SUPERFLO, SUREFLO
PUROLATOR, HYDAC FILTERS

5.2. Pressure Filters A DOSHI ION-VEOLIA, DRIPLEX, ING- TECH


ENGG. CO., EFFWA, EUREKA ENGG. RESIN
INDIA, FILTERATION ENGINEERS, ION
EXCHANGE, McLANAHAN, OTOKLIN,
PENTAIR WATER, THERMAX, VA TECH,
VOLTAS

5.3. Activated Carbon Filter A ARUDRA, ION EXCHANGE, OTOKLIN,


PENTAIR WATER, RESIN INDIA, SUREFLO,
THERMAX, VASMYL, VOLTAS

5.4. Iron Removal Filter A ION EXCHANGE, SPARKLE, THERMAX,


VOLTAS, ZEOLITE INDIA (P) LTD

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

33
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST UTILITY & SERVICES
SECTION-F

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

5.5. Y-Strainer B CADILLAC, DRAYTON-GREAVES,


FILTERATION ENGINEERS, FORBES
MARSHALL, OTOKLIN, SUPERFLO,
UNIKLINGER

5.6. Cyclone Separator B Filtration Engineers India Pvt. Ltd., LAKOS,


SUPERFLO, TIMEX (AMIAD)

6. EXPANSION JOINTS/COMPENSATORS (Utility & Services)

6.1. Expansion Joints / A ATHULYA, DWREN, FLEXICAN,


Compensators FLEXITHERM, LONE STAR, BD ENGINEERS,
METALLIC BELLOWS,
(Metallic)
PRECISION ENGINEERS, SUR INDUSTRIES

6.2. Expansion B CORI ENGG., DWREN, GBM , KELD


Joints/Compensators ELLENTOFT INDIA, PRECISION ENGRS.,
STANDARD PRECISION BELLOWS, SUR
(Rubber)
INDUSTRIES

7. CENTRIFUGAL GAS BOOSTER A AEROTO BOLDROCCHI, ANDREW YULE,


(BF/CO/BOF/MIXED FUEL BHEL, HOWDEN, TLT
GAS)

8. INSULATION MATERIAL AND B BAKELITE HYLAM, FINLAY INSULATIONS,


WORK LLYOD INSULATION, RAYCHEM, UP
TWIGA

9. PRESSURE VESSELS / BUFFER A BHEL, L&T, NTPC-ALSTOM, PRESSURE


VESSELS VESSEL INDIA (P) LTD., TEXMACO,
TITAN ENGINEERING

10. GAS HOLDER A MB Engg (CLAYTON WALKER GROUP -UK),


LAZARUS & ASSOCIATES
(DRY SEAL TYPE)

GAS HOLDER A MB Engg (CLAYTON WALKER GROUP -UK),


LAZARUS & ASSOCIATES
(WET SEAL TYPE)

11. PIPES

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

34
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST UTILITY & SERVICES
SECTION-F

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

11.1. Steel Pipes B INDIAN SEAMLESS, JSW, KHANDELWAL,


MAHARASHTRA SEAMLESS, SAIL, SURYA
TUBES, TATA TUBES, UTKARSH,
RATNADEEP METAL & TUBES LTD.

11.2. Stainless Steel Pipes B CHOKSY, DIVINE TUBES, JINDAL,


MAHARASHTRA SEAMLESS, MEC TUBES,
SURAJ LTD., QUALITY STAINLESS,
STANDARD (INDIA), STERLING, ZENITH,
RATNADEEP METAL & TUBES LTD

11.3. Cast Iron Pipes & Specials B KALINGA IRON WORKS, KESORAM INDIA
LTD.

11.4. DI Pipes B ELECTRO STEEL CASTINGS., JINDAL SAW,


TATA METALIKS DI PIPE LTD.

12. WATER TREATMENT AND DM WATER PLANT

12.1. DM , Soft Water Plant, RO A VEOLIA, DRIPLEX, EFFWA, EUREKA


PLANT FORBES, GE POWER & WATER, GEA
ENERGY SYSTEMS, ION EXCHANGE, ISGEC
(Except RO Plant), PENTAIR WATER, RESIN
INDIA, SPARKLE, THERMAX, TRIVENI
ENGG., VOLTAS

12.2. Clarifier B EIMCO-KCP, EUREKA FORBES, HINDUSTAN


DORR OLIVER, JORD ENGINEERS,
McNALLY SAYAJI, TRIVENI ENGG. Water
Systems India Pvt. Ltd.

12.3. Thickener - As per makes of Thickener mentioned in


MINING & MINERAL PROCESSING AREA

12.4. Chemical Dosing B CHEMBOND, GE POWER & WATER,


HINDUSTAN DORR OLIVER, NALCO, SJ
INDUSTRIES, TELLABS CHEMICALS,

TRIVENI ENGG

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

35
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST UTILITY & SERVICES
SECTION-F

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

12.5. Filter Press A ANDRITZ, DINSHAW, FILTER MACHINE, FL


SMITH, PANAMA, SUREFLO

13. EQUIPMENT & SYSTEM FOR AIR AND GAS

13.1. Turbo Blower A BHEL (For Centrifugal), Howden CKD


Compressors (For Centrifugal), KAWASAKI,
Mitsui E&S Machinery Co., MAN Energy
Solutions, SIEMENS

13.2. Compressor (Centrifugal) A ATLAS COPCO, FS-ELLIOTT, INGERSOLL


RAND, KAZANCOMPRESSORMASH,
KIRLOSKAR, KOBELCO, SIEMENS

13.3. Compressors (Screw) A ATLAS COPCO, ELGI, INGERSOLL RAND,


KAEZER, KIRLOSKAR PNEUMATIC

13.4. Compressors (Reciprocating) A BURCKHARDT COMPRESSION, ELGI,


INGERSOL RAND, KIRLOSKAR PNEUMATIC

13.5. Portable Air Compressors B ATLAS COPCO, ELGI, HOLMAN CLIMAX,


INGERSOLL RAND, KIRLOSKAR

13.6. Centrifugal Blowers & Fans – For all applications except fuel gas

Capacity < 80,000 m3/h A AEROTO BOLDROCCHI, ANDREW YULE,


BATLIBOI, BHEL, C.DOCTOR, HOWDEN,
MAXFLOW, REITZ, TLT ENGG.

Capacity > 80,000 m3/h A AEROTO BOLDROCCHI, ANDREW YULE,


BHEL, HOWDEN, MAXFLOW, TLT ENGG

13.7. Air Drier B ATLAS COPCO, DELAIR, EXAL, INGERSOL


RAND, ROOS TEMPKOOL, SANPAR,
TRIDENT

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

36
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST UTILITY & SERVICES
SECTION-F

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

13.8. Air Trap B DRAYTON GREAVES, FORBES MARSHAL,


UNI KLINGER

13.9. Moisture Separator B DRYTECH ENGINEERS, FESTO CONTROL,


HYDAIR, NUCON, ROSS, SCHRADER, SMC,
THERMAX, UNIKLINGER, VELJAN

14. POWER PLANT EQUIPMENT

14.1. Boilers (Stoker, Pulverised, A BHEL, GE, ISGEC, THERMAX,


AFBC, CFBC) THYSENKRUPP

Gas Fired Boiler A BHEL, GE, ISGEC, THERMAX

Waste Heat Boilers A BHEL, ISGEC, THERMAL SYSTEM (less than


50 tph capacity), THERMAX

14.2. Steam Turbines (For turbo- A BHEL, MAN Energy Solutions, SIEMENS
blower)

14.3. Steam Turbines (For power A BHEL, MAN Energy Solutions, SIEMENS,
generation) SKODA, TRIVENI TURBINE

14.4. Auxiliary Steam Turbines A KEPL, FORBES, TRIVENI TURBINE

(Range less than 1000 kW)

14.5. Gas Turbines A ALFA LAVAL, ALSTOM, BHEL, GE,


MITSUBISHI, SIEMENS

14.6. Top Pressure recovery Turbine A KAWASAKI, Mitsui E&S Machinery Co.,
MAN Energy Solutions

14.7. Condenser (Water) A ALSTHOM, BHEL, GE GODAVARI, MAZDA,


SIEMENS, UNIVERSAL HEAT EXCHANGER

14.8. De-aerator A BHEL, ION EXCHANGE, ISGEC, THERMAX

14.9. PRDU A BHEL, CHEMTROL, FORBES MARSHAL,


THERMAX, KOSO FLUID CONTROL,
EMERSON PROCESS MANAGEMENT

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

37
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST UTILITY & SERVICES
SECTION-F

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

14.10. HP / LP Dosing A ASIA LMI, ENPRO, META CHEM, VK


PUMPS

14.11. Soot Blowers A BERGMAN, BHEL, SISTON

14.12. HP Heater & LP Heater A BHEL, ISGEC, SIEMENS, THERMAX

14.13. Steam Traps B DRAYTON, FORBES MARSHALL, GREAVES,


THERMAX, UNIKLINGER, ESCO, UNISON
VALVES, PENANT ENGG, ECON STEEL

15. POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT

15.1. ESP ------

Capacity < 5,00,000 m3/h A ANDREW YULE, BATLIBOI


ENVIRONMENTAL ENGG, BHEL, ELEX, FL
SMIDTH, GEA PROCESSING, HAMON
RESEARCH COTTRELL, K. C COTTRELL
INDIA, RIECO INDUSTRIES, SOIL & ENVIRO
INDUSTRIES, THERMAX INDIA

Capacity > 5,00,000 m3/h A BHEL, ELEX, FL SMIDTH, GEA PROCESSING,


K. C COTTRELL INDIA, THERMAX

15.2. BAG FILTERS ------

Capacity < 2,50,000 m3/h A ANDREW YULE, APC SYSTEMS, BATLIBOI


ENVIRONMENTAL ENGG., BEVCON
WAYORS, CK AIRTECH, CLAIR ENGINEERS,
F. HARLEY, GLOBAL ENVIRO SYSTEM,
RIECO INDUSTRIES, SOIL & ENVIRO
INDUSTRIES, THERMAX

Capacity > 2,50,000 m3/h A ANDREW YULE, BATLIBOI


ENVIRONMENTAL ENGG., BOLDROCCHI,
RIECO INDUSTRIES, THERMAX

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

38
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST UTILITY & SERVICES
SECTION-F

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

15.3. DUST SUPPRESSION B CHEMTROL SAMIL, DUST SOLUTION


SYSTEM, F. HARLEY, KAVERI
SYSTEM
ULTRAPOLYMERS, SPRAYING SYSTEMS,
TPS INFRASTRUCTURE

15.4. CYCLONES AND MULTI B AEROTO BOLDROCCHI, AIR TECHNICO,


CYCLONES ANDREW YULE, BATLIBOI
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING, F.
HARLEY, RAJDEEP ENGG, RIECO
INDUSTRIES, THERMAX

16. AIR CONDITIONING, REFRIGERATION & VENTILATION

16.1. Window/Tower/Split AC/ B BLUE STAR, CARRIER, DAIKIN, FEDDERS


Ductable Split AC LLYOD, HITACHI, MITSUBISHI, SAMSUNG,
VOLTAS, ZAMIL

16.2. Packaged Chillers A BLUE STAR, CARRIER, DAIKIN, DUNHUM


BUSH HITACHI, TRANE, VOLTAS, YORK

16.3. Package AC B ACCEL, BLUE STAR, DAIKIN, VOLTAS

16.4. Precision Air Conditioning A CLIMAVENETA, EMERSON, STULLZ-CHSPL


(INDIA)

16.5. Cooling Tower (ACVS) B ADVANCE COOLING TOWERS, ARMEC,


DBR, FRICK INDIA, GAMMON INDIA,
HIMGIRI, MIHIR ENGINEERS, PAHARPUR,
SOUTHERN COOLING TOWERS,VOLTAS,
WET BULB

16.6. Air Handling Unit B DAIKIN, EDGETECH, ETA, ROOTS


COOLING, VOLTAS, ZAMIL

16.7. Tube Axial Fan B ABLE AIR-O TECH, AEROVENT, ANDREW


YULE, CARYAIRE, DUSTVEN, EFE,
FLOWLINK, HUMIDIN, KHAITAN, KRUGER,
MAXFLOW, MESINA, SH ENGG.,
TUBOFLOW

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

39
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST UTILITY & SERVICES
SECTION-F

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

16.8. Panel Filter For Air B ABB, ACCO, BHARAT, C.DOCTOR,


CADILLAC, EFE, FLOW LINK, FMI, GEC,
PUROLATOR, WFI

16.9. Air Washer B AIRLINK, EFE , HUMIDIN, MARCO,


MESINA, ROOTS COOLING , SYMPHONY

16.10. Propeller Fan B ABB, ACCO, AEROVENT, DUVENT,


INDVENT FANS, MESINA, SH ENGG.,
TUBOFLOW, VENTURA

16.11. Roof Extractors B AIRLINK, ALMONARD, ANDREW YULE, C.


DOCTOR, CARYAIRE, EFE, FLOWLINK,
HUMIDIN, KRUGER, VENTURA

16.12. Vapor Absorption Machine A BLUE STAR, CARRIER, KIRLOSKAR,


THERMAX, VOLTAS

17. OXYGEN & CRYOGENIC SERVICE

17.1. Cryogenic Pump A CRYOPUMP, CRYOSTAR, ICL

17.2. Oxygen Filter / Y-Strainer A BEE, BLUESTAR, CARBERN, CLASSIC,


Filteration Engineers India Pvt. Ltd.,
NOVINTEC, ORSEAL, SHIPHAM, VEE

17.3. Non Ferrous Control Valves A BLACKHALL, FISHER, LEEDS, METSO,


SAMSON, SEVERN GLOCON

17.4. Non Ferrous Self-regulating A BALEY BRIKETT, BROADY, FISHER,


Valves SAMSON, SEVERN GLOCON, TYCO

17.5. Non Ferrous Valves (Gate, B CRESCENT, FLUIDLINE, LEADER,


Globe, Ball) - < DN50 MICROFINISH

17.6. Non Ferrous Valves (Gate, A BESTOBELL, BROOKSBANK, FISHER,


Globe, Ball) - > DN50 HEROSE, LEEDS, MACK, METSO, SAMSON,
SEVERN GLOCON, SHIPHAM

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

40
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST UTILITY & SERVICES
SECTION-F

S ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


No.

17.7. Safety Relief Valve A ARCA, BAILEY BRIKETT,


BROADY,CROSSBY, DARLING MUESEO,
FARRIS, IL, JN MARSHALL, KEYSTONE,
KUNKLE, SEBIM, SEMPELL, TYCO

17.8. Vaporizers A CRYOQUIP, ICL, INOX, IWI CRYOGENICS,


SHELL & TUBE

18. FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT

18.1. Portable Fire Extinguishers B DEFLAME, FIRE SHIELD, FIREX, GUNNEBO,


INTIME FIRE, KANADIA FYR FYTER,
MINIMAX, NITIN, SAFEX, SUPREMEX,
ZENITH

18.2. Fire hydrant B ASCO, GUNNEBO, MINIMAX, NEWAGE,


NITIN,STEELCO, ZENITH

19. REHEATING FURNACE A ANDRITZ, ENCON, FIVESTEIN,


HYPERTHERM, TECHNOTHERM, TENOVA,
(Pusher/Rotary)
WESMAN

20. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS

20.1. Surge Tanks B ANUP ENGG., PERFECT ENGG., SAKTHI


HITECH, ZENITH ERECTORS

20.2. Oil Skimmer B HI-TECH ENGRS, JVM ENG., POTENTIAL


ENGG, PREMIER OIL SKIMMER

20.3. Traveling Water Screen B MACMET, MAHINDRA ASTECH, McGALE,


OTOKLIN, SWAMINA INT., TRIVENI

20.4. Electrical Heat Tracer B NICROPAD, RAYCHEM, THERMON,


THERMOPAD

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

41
SECTION-G

COMPUTERIZATION &
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
COMPUTERIZATION &
ACCEPTABLE MAKES LIST
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
SECTION-G

S No. ITEMS CATEGORY MAKE


1. IT EQUIPMENT
1.1. Desktop PC B DELL, HP, LENOVO

1.2. Industrial PC / B ADVANTECH, DELL, PANASONIC,


Semi-Rugged SIEMENS
Laptop
1.3. Laptop B DELL, HP, LENOVO

1.4. Server A DELL, HPE, FUJITSU, LENOVO/IBM,


ORACLE/SUN
1.5. Network Switch A CISCO, DELL, EXTREME, HP/HPE,
(IT, Office) RUCKUS
1.6. Network Switch A ADVANTECH, CISCO, HIRSCHMANN,
(Industrial) ROCKWELL, SCHNEIDER, SIEMENS
1.7. UTM / Firewall A CHECKPOINT, CISCO, FORTINET,
JUNIPER, SOPHOS, PALO ALTO
1.8. Passive network B DIGILINK/SCHNEIDER, MOLEX,
components / ROSENBERGER, SYSTIMAX, TYCO
accessories (AMP)
1.9. UTP cable B DIGILINK/SCHNEIDER, ELKAY,
MOLEX, SYSTIMAX, TELELINK,
TYCO(AMP), UNIVERSAL
1.10. FO cable B BELDEN, DIGILINK/SCHNEIDER,
FINOLEX, LUCENT, MOLEX,
STARLITE, SYSTIMAX, TYCO(AMP),
ROSENBERGER
1.11. Data storage A DELL/ EMC, FUJITSU, HP/HPE,
system HITACHI, IBM, NETAPP, ORACLE
2. CCTV SYSTEM
2.1. CCTV system B BOSCH, CP PLUS, HONEYWELL,
PELCO, PANASONIC, SAMSUNG,
SEIMENS, SONY, TYCO
2.2. Led display (40” or B HITACHI, LG, PANASONIC,
more) SAMSUNG, SONY
2.3. Video wall B DELTA, HITACHI, LG, PANASONIC,
SAMSUNG, SONY

CENTRE FOR ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY


MARCH 2022

42
Centre for Engineering & Technology
Ranchi-834002

You might also like